Dynasty Warriors 5:  Xtreme Legends FAQ/Walkthrough
By:  Robert Dohner (a.k.a. Rampidzier)



                #######
---------------------#-------------------------------------------------------
  DW5:XL            #
  FAQ/Walkthrough  #  Table of Contents
                  #
-----------------#-----------------------------------------------------------
                #######


 1. Introduction....................................................5XLINTRO
    1a. Version History.............................................5XLINVER
    1b. What’s Left?................................................5XLINLEF

 2. General Tips....................................................5XLGTIPS
    2a. Controller Setup/Move Notations.............................5XLGTCON
    2b. General Strategies..........................................5XLGTGST

 3. Playable Characters.............................................5XLPCHAR
    3a. Shu Characters..............................................5XLPCSHU
    3b. Wei Characters..............................................5XLPCWEI
    3c. Wu Characters...............................................5XLPCWUC
    3d. Other Characters............................................5XLPCOTH
    3e. Edit Character Special Move Sets............................5XLPCEDI

 4. Legend Mode Walkthroughs........................................5XLLEGEN
    4a. Struggle for the Book.......................................5XLLMSFB
    4b. Rescue at Lou Sang Village..................................5XLLMLSV
    4c. Ou Xing’s Rebellion.........................................5XLLMOXR
    4d. The Ten Eunuchs’ Rebellion..................................5XLLMTER
    4e. Battle of Yan Province......................................5XLLMBYP
    4f. Imperial Rescue.............................................5XLLMIMP
    4g. The Two Qiaos...............................................5XLLMTTQ
    4h. Husbands and Wives..........................................5XLLMHAW
    4i. Battle of Ji Castle.........................................5XLLMBJC
    4j. Battle of Jia Meng Gate.....................................5XLLMJMG
    4k. Battle of Yang Ping Gate....................................5XLLMYPG
    4l. Battle of Ru Xu Kou.........................................5XLLMRXK
    4m. Battle of Han Shui..........................................5XLLMBHS
    4o. Battle of Mai Castle........................................5XLLMBMC
    4p. Battle of Xin Castle........................................5XLLMBXC
    4q. Battle of Shi Ting..........................................5XLLMBST
    4r. Battle of Mt. Qi............................................5XLLMBMQ
    4s. Showdown at Nan Zhong.......................................5XLLMSNZ

 5. Destiny Mode....................................................5XLDESTI
    5a. Skills......................................................5XLDMSKI
    5b. Unlocking Costumes..........................................5XLDMULC

 6. Xtreme Mode.....................................................5XLXTREM
    6a. Xtreme Mode Items...........................................5XLXMITM
    6b. Stage Descriptors...........................................5XLXMSTD

 7. Edit Mode.......................................................5XLEDITM

 8. Regular Items...................................................5XLREGIT

 9. Rare Items......................................................5XLRARIT
    9a. Harnesses...................................................5XLRIHAR
    9b. Orbs........................................................5XLRIORB
    9c. Old Accessories.............................................5XLRIOLD
    9d. New Accessories.............................................5XLRINEW

 10. Fourth Weapons.................................................5XLFWEAP
     10a. Shu Fourth Weapons........................................5XLFWSHU
     10b. Wei Fourth Weapons........................................5XLFWWEI
     10c. Wu Fourth Weapons.........................................5XLFWWUF
     10d. Other Fourth Weapons......................................5XLFWOTH

 11. FAQs...........................................................5XLFREQU

 12. Special Thanks.................................................5XLTHANK

 13. Contact Information and Legal Stuffies.........................5XLLEGAL


                #######
---------------------#-------------------------------------------------------
  DW5:XL            #
  FAQ/Walkthrough  #  1. Introduction
  5XLINTRO        #
-----------------#-----------------------------------------------------------
                #######


Once upon a time, in a distant land, great warriors assembled to reach a 
common goal:  the unification of China.  These brave warriors fought many 
battles, each for his or her beliefs.  The time period would later be called 
the Three Kingdoms Era and the tales of these battles would be recorded in a 
book called The Romance of the Three Kingdoms.

Dynasty Warriors 5: Xtreme Legends is the latest expansion pack to the series 
of games based on novel telling the tale of these brave warriors from China.  
Dynasty Warriors is a beat-em up game with RPG elements.  You play as one of 
the heroes from the Three Kingdoms Era or you can create a new character and 
write your own history.


                #######
---------------------#-------------------------------------------------------
  DW5:XL            #
  FAQ/Walkthrough  #  1a. Version History
  5XLINVER        #
-----------------#-----------------------------------------------------------
                #######


Version 0.0 (02/12/06):  This is the start of the guide.  I’m experimenting 
with new separators.  So far, I like them.  I’m going to try to format this 
guide better.  However, there are no guarantees that this thing will come out 
looking good.  Anyway, I hope to complete this guide on version 1.0 and just 
fix mistakes with the other updates.  We’ll see how that goes.

Version 1.0 (02/18/06):  Finished the guide, hopefully it will be complete on 
GameFAQs.  Most of the character section was taken from my old guide, just 
with new formatting and mistake fixing (I made A LOT of mistakes on my old 
guide, and I apologize for never fixing them on my old guide).  Included 
walkthroughs for Legends mode and created a strategy guide for Destiny and 
Xtreme Mode.  I also included a guide on how to get all the new items, all 
the old items, and all the new ways to get the fourth weapons.

Version 1.1 (03/10/06):  Sorry I did not update this guide lately.  I 
recently moved and just now got around to getting internet hooked up to my 
computer.  As far as updates go, I added information to the Xtreme Mode 
section.  I’ve also started adding detailed walkthroughs for the new methods 
of getting the fourth weapons.  I know there are some requirements missing.  
That is because I want to test those first before I put them down.  I don’t 
want to provide too much wrong information.  ^_~  Every fourth weapon that 
has a walkthrough has been personally confirmed by me.  Also, I fixed some 
requirements for items, thanks to some e-mails.

Version 1.2 (03/21/06):  Added a new FAQ on fourth weapons for CAWs.  I 
completed all of Shu’s fourth weapons.  Now, what I will do after I finish 
all the fourth weapon strategies is add more information to Destiny and 
Xtreme mode, add some tips to getting the new items (maybe the old ones too), 
and then this guide will be finished.  After this, I will work on putting the 
final touches on some of my older FAQs while I wait for Samurai Warriors 2 to 
come out.  I will be definitely making a guide for that game.

Version 1.3 (03/27/06):  Completed all of Wei’s fourth weapon strategies and 
added some more for Wu.

Version 1.4 (04/15/06):  Added some more strategies for Wu.  I plan to get 
the rest done this weekend.  Sorry it’s been going so slow, but I needed a 
break from Dynasty Warriors.  I plan on double checking the items next, since 
so many people have told me that the item methods were wrong, so I’ll add 
some strategies to those.  They won’t be as detailed as the weapons, but 
they’ll be good enough to get the items.

Version 1.5 (04/30/06):  Well, so much for plans.  Better late than never, 
right?  I’ve been working on other projects.  All fourth weapons are done.  
Also, I updated my FAQ section about which difficulty fourth weapons are 
obtained on.  Apparently, I didn’t state which difficulty fourth weapons 
could be obtained on, so it was my mistake.  But since I added it twice to 
this FAQ, that means I won’t receive anymore e-mails about that subject, 
right?  I included the method in getting the Shadow Harness, along with the 
rest of the harnesses.  I’ve received a lot of e-mails about the Shadow 
Harness also.  I just now got around to reading my e-mail, so I’m sorry if I 
never responded.  I don’t have much time these days at all.  ~_~

Version 1.6 (05/15/06):  Updated all the Dim Sum and Musou Wine locations.  
Gotten all of the orbs and posted tips on how to get them.  I’m working on 
the accessories right now.  There are a lot of accessories.  Updated the 
correct method for the Way of Musou.


                #######
---------------------#-------------------------------------------------------
  DW5:XL            #
  FAQ/Walkthrough  #  1b. What’s Left?
  5XLINLEF        #
-----------------#-----------------------------------------------------------
                #######


Besides that fact, here is a list of all the things I want to get done.  
Every time I set one of these up in my guides, I get none of them done.  
Either way, I know I’ll finish the top one.  I’ll list more when I think of 
more things to put into this guide.

A [ ] means I haven’t started it.  A [X] means I have.

 [X] Detailed fourth weapon walkthroughs.
 [X] Added tips for item walkthroughs.
 [ ] More in depth Destiny Mode section.
 [ ] More in depth Xtreme Mode section.


                #######
---------------------#-------------------------------------------------------
  DW5:XL            #
  FAQ/Walkthrough  #  2. General Tips
  5XLGTIPS        #
-----------------#-----------------------------------------------------------
                #######


Dynasty Warriors is a series that has used a tried but true method of 
fighting.  There is very little complexity in the button scheme.  Some people 
may just say that the game is only button mashing, but once you learn the 
intricacies of the charge attacks and the musou attacks, then the game 
becomes more diverse and more enjoyable.

And yes, there is a fair amount of button mashing.


                #######
---------------------#-------------------------------------------------------
  DW5:XL            #
  FAQ/Walkthrough  #  2a. Controller Setup/Move Notations
  5XLGTCON        #
-----------------#-----------------------------------------------------------
                #######


This section is mainly just to overview how to play the game.  Also, this 
section will list how I will notate moves throughout the guide.  Most of 
these move notations are generally accepted in the Dynasty Warriors community 
(at least accepted on the GameFAQs forums) and are not overly complicated.


----------------
Controller Setup
----------------

The basic controller setup of Dynasty Warriors is very simple.  These are the 
controls for when you are fighting.  I really do hope you can figure out how 
to navigate the menus on your own.

Controller Pad/Left Analog Stick:  Movement
Square:  Regular attack
Triangle:  Charge attack
Circle:  Musou attack
X:  Jump
L1:  Guard
L2:  Display name and life
R1:  Bow attack
R2:  Toggle map
R3:  Musou rage
Start:  Pauses the game
Select:  Change bodyguard orders
Start + Select:  Soft reset


--------------
Move Notations
--------------

In this guide, I use a lot of common terms to describe attacks.  If you are 
not really up to speed on the abbreviations I use, then here is a list of all 
(I hope) of the terms that I will use in the guide.

S:  This is the typical notation for a regular attack.  The S stands for
   square, which is what the default button for regular attacks is.  For
   example, SSSS would be hitting the square button four times.

T:  This is the typical notation for a charge attack.  The T stands for
   triangle, which is what the default button for charge attacks is.  For
   example, SSST would be hitting the square button three times and then
   hitting the triangle button to perform a charge attack.

C#:  This is the typical notation for describing a specific charge attack.  A
   C1 would be T.  A C2 would be ST and so on.  The C stands for Charge and
   is interchangeable.  Therefore, C1 and Charge 1 mean the same thing.

Jump Charge:  This is where you hit the jump button and then hit the charge
   button in mid air.  Each character has a jump charge.

Musou:  This is where you hit the circle button.  This attack can only be
   performed when your musou bar (found under the life bar) is full.  If you
   hold the circle button, you will get a longer musou attack.

True Musou:  This is a special type of musou attack.  This musou attack can
   only be performed if you are in the red area on your life bar, you have
   equipped the rare item the Way of the Musou, or you are in Musou Rage
   mode.  This musou attack has a special ending attack that is unique to
   each character.

Musou Rage:  Musou rage is a special fighting mode.  While in musou rage,
   your attacks become stronger, your attack speed becomes faster, your
   attacks cannot be interrupted by weak attacks, your musou bar
   automatically fills up, and you will always perform a true musou,
   regardless of life.  You can only enter musou rage mode if you have picked
   up a Musou Token.  Once you have a Musou Token, you can hit the R3 button
   to enter musou rage mode.

I will include more notations as I think of them.


                #######
---------------------#-------------------------------------------------------
  DW5:XL            #
  FAQ/Walkthrough  #  2b. General Strategies
  5XLGTGST        #
-----------------#-----------------------------------------------------------
                #######


This section is where I have listed very general tips.  Each new mode in DW 
is different in how you have to play the game.  However, these tips can apply 
to almost every part of DW5:XL.

My item setup:  I personally just use the Red Hare Saddle (except for Ma
   Chao, who gets the Shadow Saddle), the Fire Orb, the Peacock Amulet, the
   Tiger Amulet, the Tortoise Amulet, Ginsing, and the Wind Scroll (except
   for Ma Chao, who gets a Horned Helmet).  I find that this is the best
   setup for me and how I play.

The two parts of the game:  There are two important parts to the game:  crowd
   clearing and dueling.  You must master both in order to be good at the
   game.  Each character has moves that are good for one part and good for
   the other part.  You'd be surprised at how your strategies can change when
   facing a general in a crowd as opposed to facing a general by himself.
   Learn to master both and you will master the game.

Learn to block:  There is a block button in the game for a reason.  I never 
   knew how important blocking was to the game until I played DW3:XL.  In
   that game, you either blocked or you died.  It was pretty much that
   simple.  Blocking can be very important and sometimes the difference
   between life and death.  Don’t block when you’re surrounded by people.
   Block when the crowd of people are in front of you.  Blocking can also
   leave enemies wide open.  After they are done attacking you, give them a
   dose of their own medicine.

Backflips help:  If you can, learn to reflexively backflip every time you are
   knocked down.  To backflip, press L1 as soon as you hit the ground.  The
   timing is easy to get down and it helps you to get right back into the
   action.

Combo up stat bonuses:  You can use the Charge 5 attacks (press square four
   times followed by triangle) to launch people into the air.  If you
   continuously do this, you will see a combo counter appear, telling you how
   many times you have hit someone consecutively.  If you kill an enemy
   general with a high combo, the stat bonus they drop will increase.  To
   make a +1 stat bonus change into a +2 stat bonus, you must perform an 8
   hit combo.  To make a +2 stat bonus change into a +4 stat bonus, you must
   perform a 16 hit combo.  To make a +4 stat bonus to change into a +8 stat
   bonus, you must perform a 24 hit combo.  The Link special ability on
   bodyguards can make the amount of hits you must perform on a general drop.
   This is really helpful in making your characters stronger.  This does not
   apply to Xtreme Mode, as you cannot combo up stat bonuses in Xtreme Mode.

Fire juggling:  One of the best and fastest ways to kill an enemy general is
   to fire juggle them.  When you equip the Fire Orb, most of your charge
   attacks will have a fire element to them, including the Charge 5 attack.
   Normally, most characters have a good enough C5 attack where you can use
   the C5 and then hit them with your S string when they come down towards
   the ground, which can lead to another C5.  Most of the C5 moves in this
   game are pretty broken and can get around guards and hit multiple enemies,
   preventing some enemies from getting behind you and attacking you.  While
   the general is in the air, he will take damage as long as you keep
   juggling him, making this a useful tool when facing off with powerful
   generals.


                #######
---------------------#-------------------------------------------------------
  DW5:XL            #
  FAQ/Walkthrough  #  3. Playable Characters
  5XLPCHAR        #
-----------------#-----------------------------------------------------------
                #######


There are 48 characters in DW5.  Six of these characters are making their 
debut as being playable.  This section will have a brief history of the 
character, their move set, a list of weapons they have, the list of stages in 
which they appear in, and which moves are the best for which situation.  They 
are listed as they appear on the menu in the game.  The history section is 
based on the Romance of the Three Kingdom’s novel.  Just for the record, I 
don’t have the entire RoTK book memorized, so the history sections may be 
either wrong/brief/not good/combo of all three.  Also, the way they are 
listed on the menu is based on which game they first appeared in.

Both the ST and SSSST attacks send enemies into the air, allowing you to hit 
them more times as they come down.  An SST attack is called a charge rush and 
the move’s effect depends on how often you tap the T button.  The more times 
you press the T button, the more times the first part of the attack happens 
before the second part of the attack occurs.  A (T) means that triangle can 
be pressed for additional effects.  

For C1 attacks, I have classified them into the following terms:

Element Projectile:  Character shoots out an orb that explodes after a short
   period of time.  The element in front of the word projectile indicates
   which element the orb has.
Dash:  Character dashes ahead with a certain type of attack.
Taunt:  A move that is similar to the taunt moves in DW4.  Character poses
   while a blast of white energy surround the character and damages all who
   is around him.  I finally found a good use for this:  taking generals off
   of horses.  That’s about the only good use for them.
Special:  A special type of move that fits into no other categories.
 

For jump charges, I have classified them into the following terms:

Projectile:  Character shoots out a whirlwind type projectile.
Multi-hit:  Character knocks the enemies into the air and proceeds to hit
   them multiple times in the air.
Stomp:  Character dives towards the ground and stomps the ground, sending out
   a shockwave.
Moving:  Character does move in mid air that covers a lot of distance
Double:  Character has an attack that consists of two separate motions and
   attacks.
Special:  A special type of move that fits into no other categories


                #######
---------------------#-------------------------------------------------------
  DW5:XL            #
  FAQ/Walkthrough  #  3a. Shu Characters
  5XLPCSHU        #
-----------------#-----------------------------------------------------------
                #######

--------
Zhao Yun
--------

History:  Considered to be one of the bravest warriors for the Shu army.
   Starting off with the ruler Gongsun Zan, he would later join Liu Bei,
   finding him as a man of virtue and honor.  At the battle of Chang Ban,
   while Liu Bei flees, Zhao Yun would save his son, Ah Do, and slay many of
   Wei’s troops in the process.  Zhao Yun would fight many battles for Shu
   and was always considered to be a fierce warrior on the battlefield.  He
   is one of the Five Tiger Generals of Shu.

Move Set:

 Attack Type        Attack Description
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 T                  Dash
 ST                 A hit into the air with the butt of the spear
 SST(T)             Moves spear up and down followed by a spinning slash that
                    stuns
 SSST               A spinning slash
 SSSST              Slams his spear into the ground causing a shockwave
 SSSSST             A jumping slash
 Running Attack     A wide area spear slash
 Jump Charge        Multi-hit
 Musou              Spins around while holding his spear in a diagonal
                    position, finishing with a spinning slash
 True Musou         Spins around while holding his spear in a diagonal
                    position, finishing with a huge whirlwind that covers
                    most of the screen.

Weapons:  Bronze Spear, Great Spear, Dragon Spear, Fierce Dragon


-------
Guan Yu
-------

History:  Called the God of War, Guan Yu is a sworn brother to Liu Bei and 
   Zhang Fei.  Guan Yu was with Liu Bei from the start and, while he spent a
   brief stay with Wei, he was one of Liu Bei’s most loyal and trusted
   allies.  He proved his valor by defeating Hua Xiong, one of Dong Zhuo’s
   most feared generals, and also two of Yuan Shao’s best generals, Yan Liang
   and Wen Chou.  Guan Yu would eventually fall fighting Wei at Fan Castle
   after being ambushed by Lu Meng and Wu.  He is one of the five Tiger
   Generals of Shu.

Move Set:

 Attack Type        Attack Description
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 T                  Dash
 ST                 A hit into the air with an upwards slash
 SST(T)             Alternating slashes diagonally upwards left and right
                    followed by a diagonally upwards slash that dizzies
 SSST               A spinning slash
 SSSST              A swing upwards causing a whirlwind
 SSSSST             A shockwave slash
 Running Attack     A wide area slash
 Jump Charge        Double (slash downwards followed by a ground stomp)
 Musou              Spins around and around with his weapon, finishing with a
                    final spinning slash
 True Musou         Spins around and around with his weapon, finishing with a
                    huge whirlwind that covers most of the screen

Weapons:  Crescent Blade, Moon Blade, Blue Dragon, Blue Moon Dragon


---------
Zhang Fei
---------

History:  Sworn brother to Liu Bei and Guan Yu, Zhang Fei was a fearsome
   warrior.  A lover of drinking, he fought with his trusty spear.  At Chang
   Ban, when Liu Bei was being chased, Zhang Fei made a courageous stand at a
   bridge to give his brother a chance to escape.  It was said that at the
   bridge, his shout scared off a thousand of Cao Cao’s warriors.  He is one
   of the five Tiger Generals of Shu

Move Set:

 Attack Type        Attack Description
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 T                  Taunt
 ST                 A hit into the air with an upward slash
 SST(T)             Waves his spear diagonally downwards left and right
                    followed by a shockwave that stuns
 SSST               A spinning slash
 SSSST              Jumps into the air and slams the ground, causing a
                    shockwave
 SSSSST             A ground stomp, sending out a shockwave
 Running Attack     A charging head butt
 Jump Charge        Stomp
 Musou              Waves his spear around diagonally upwards left and right,
                    finishing with a spinning slash
 True Musou         Waves his spear around diagonally upwards left and right,
                    finishing with a jumping slash upwards followed by a
                    shockwave

Weapons:  Bronze Pike, Iron Pike, Serpent Blade, Viper Blade


-----------
Zhuge Liang
-----------

History:  Considered to be the greatest mind of the Three Kingdoms era, he 
   was called the Sleeping Dragon.  He would be honored by Liu Bei’s three
   visits to him and join his cause as the strategist.  His vision of the
   Three Kingdoms would come true.  He would help devise the strategy to set
   Cao Cao’s ships ablaze at Chi Bi and would frustrate Wu, Wei, and the
   Nanman tribal forces with his tactics and strategies.  He would die from
   exhaustion and working too hard at Wu Zhang Plains.

Move Set:

 Attack Type        Attack Description
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 T                  Light Projectile
 ST                 A hit into the air with an upward swing
 SST                A circular spell type circle thing that breaks guards and
                    stuns (this attack is NOT a multi hit attack)
 SSST               Jumps into the air and throws his fan around him
 SSSST              Creates a yellowish orb that knocks enemies into the air
 SSSSST             A multi light projectile attack
 Running Attack     Throws his fan forward
 Jump Charge        Special (a wide spreading laser beam)
 Musou              Hovers in the air and shoots multiple laser beams,
                    finishing with four consecutive laser beams
 True Musou         Hovers in the air and shoots multiple laser beams,
                    finishing with a powerful laser beam

Weapons:  War Fan, Warlord Fan, White Feather, Peacock Feather


-------
Liu Bei
-------

History:  The leader of Shu and the sworn brother of Guan Yu and Zhang Fei.
   He would serve and assist multiple people, including Gongsun Zan, Yuan
   Shao, and Cao Cao, before finally leading a force of his own.  On the
   advice of Zhuge Liang, he would conquer the lands of Shu and would ally
   with Wu to attack Wei.  However, Wu’s ambush and execution of Guan Yu
   would cause Liu Bei to attack Wu at Yi Ling, but would he lose that
   battle.  It was said that Liu Bei died of grief after failing to avenge
   the death of his brother.

Move Set:

 Attack Type        Attack Description
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 T                  Dash (swiftly moves to the side or back of an enemy and
                    dash attacks)
 ST                 A hit into the air with an upwards slash
 SST(T)             Quick upwards left and right slashes followed by a
                    horizontal slash that dizzies
 SSST               A diagonal downwards slash
 SSSST              An upward slash creating a yellowish blast
 SSSSST             A shockwave slash
 Running attack     A diagonal downwards slash
 Jump Charge        Double (slash then shockwave)
 Musou              Slashes left and right, finishing with a quick triple
                    slash
 True Musou         Slashes left and right, finishing with a quick triple
                    slash followed by another horizontal slash followed by a
                    shockwave

Weapons:  Long Sword, Imperial Sword, Gold Dragon, Gold Moon Dragon


-------
Ma Chao
-------

History:  From the northern plains, Ma Chao was the son of Ma Teng, a leader
   of a band of tribal warriors.  After Cao Cao murdered his father, Ma Chao
   would try to get his vengeance on Cao Cao at Tong Gate.  Eventually, he
   would join Liu Bei’s cause.  He was said to have been an expert horseback
   rider and was one of the five Tiger Generals of Shu.

Move Set:

 Attack Type        Attack Description
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 T                  Special (plants his spear into the ground and spins
                    around on it, knocking people into the air)
 ST                 A hit into the air with an upwards slash
 SST(T)             A series of fast stabs followed by a spinning slash that
                    stuns
 SSST               A long stab
 SSSST              A slash upwards, making a whirlwind appear
 SSSSST             A shockwave slash
 Running attack     Twirls his spear around in front of him
 Jump Charge        Moving (flips really fast forward with his spear out)
 Musou              Twirls his spear around alternating left and right,
                    finishing with planting his spear into the ground and
                    spinning around on it and following it with a slash
 True Musou         Twirls his spear around alternating left and right,
                    finishing by spinning around on his head and creating a
                    huge whirlwind that covers most of the screen

Weapons:  Iron Spear, Stallion Spear, Silver Stallion, Stallion Fury


-----------
Huang Zhong
-----------

History:  One of the greatest archers of the Three Kingdoms period.  Huang
   Zhong would first serve Han Xian, but would later join Liu Bei.  Huang
   Zhong was known for both is bow and for his long, loyal service to Liu
   Bei.  He would score his greatest victory at Mt. Ding Jun, where he led
   the Shu army against Xiahou Yuan and the Wei army.  He would slice Xiahou
   Yuan in two and win the battle.  He was one of the five Tiger Generals of
   Shu.

Move Set:

 Attack Type        Attack Description
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 T(T)               Special (shoots arrows over and over again)
 ST                 A hit into the air with an upward slash
 SST(T)             Shoots arrows over and over again followed with a
                    stronger, dizzy arrow
 SSST               A spinning, downward slash
 SSSST              Slams his sword into the ground, causing a shockwave
 SSSSST             A double spinning slash
 Running Attack     A charging stab
 Jump Charge        Special (flips in the air and shoots arrows downwards)
 Musou              Jumps and spins around with his sword out, finishing with
                    a staggering jump slash
 True Musou         Jumps and spins around with his sword out, finishing with
                    a horizontal slash followed by shooting an explosive
                    arrow at the ground

Weapons:  War Sword, Veteran Sword, Sage Sword, Oracle Sword


---------
Jiang Wei
---------

History:  Zhuge Liang’s successor and greatest pupil.  Jiang Wei was
   originally with Wei, but was captured by Zhuge Liang.  Jiang Wei would
   become a student of Zhuge Liang’s and would learn the basics of tactics
   and strategy from him.  After the death of Zhuge Liang, Jiang Wei would
   take over as the strategist for Shu.  He would lead multiple attacks on
   Wei, but thanks to the lack of support from Liu Chan and the efforts of
   Wei’s Deng Ai, Jiang Wei would fail.  It is said that he died of grief
   that he was not able to live up to the legacy of Zhuge Liang.

Move Set:

 Attack Type        Attack Description
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 T                  Fire Projectile
 ST                 A hit into the air with an upward slash
 SST(T)             A series of hits left and right with the head and butt of
                    the spear followed by a spinning slash that dizzies
 SSST               A charge with his spear out in front
 SSSST              A spinning stab upwards with a whirlwind
 SSSSST             A dash attack followed by a slash
 Running Attack     A horizontal slash
 Jump Charge        Special (a series of stabs followed by a slash that
                    stuns)
Musou               A series of spinning slashes with the spear out in front,
                    finishing with a horizontal slash
True Musou          A series of spinning slashes with the spear out in front, 
                    finishing with a fireball

Weapons:  Trident, Great Trident, Vapor, Blink


-------
Wei Yan
-------

History:  A man filled with a love for battle and war.  Wei Yan would join
   Liu Bei, entranced by his charisma.  He would faithfully serve Shu at Jie
   Ting and at Wu Zhang Plains.  However, after both Liu Bei’s and Zhuge
   Liang’s death, he would have no reason to stay with Shu.  Predicting that
   this would be the case, Zhuge Liang warned Shu that Wei Yan might revolt.
   Wei Yan would be killed by Ma Dai.

Move Set:

 Attack Type        Attack Description
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 T                  Dash (two flips)
 ST                 A hit into the air with an upward slash
 SST(T)             Spins around on his back with his weapon out followed
                    with a crouching slash that stuns
 SSST               A horizontal slash
 SSSST              Shoots out a horizontal whirlwind, causing enemies to fly
                    upwards
 SSSSST             Twirls his weapon around in front of him followed by a
                    spinning slash
 Running Attack     A double spinning slash
 Jump Charge        Special (spins in mid air upside down with his weapon
                    out)
 Musou              Slashes while spinning on the ground and getting up,
                    finishing with a horizontal slash
 True Musou         Slashes while spinning on the ground and getting up,
                    finishing with a spin on his head creating a giant
                    whirlwind

Weapons:  Double Voulge, Strike Voulge, Double Star, Comet Strike


---------
Pang Tong
---------

History:  Called the Fledgling Phoenix.  Pang Tong was one of the strategists
   for Liu Bei.  He would assist in drawing up the plans to take over Shu.
   However, during the battle of Cheng Du, he would fall into a trap set by
   Zhang Ran and die.

Move Set:

 Attack Type        Attack Description
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 T                  Wind Projectile (wind element knocks enemies into the
                    air)
 ST                 A hit into the air by throwing his staff
 SST(T)             A series of flips followed by a weird, dizzying spinning
                    move where he ends up sitting on top of his upright staff
 SSST               Turns upside down and jumps while spinning around and
                    throwing his staff
 SSSST              Creates a green orb that knocks enemies into the air
 SSSSST             A whirlwind attack
 Running Attack     A dash attack with his staff in front
 Jump Charge        Moving (jumps onto his staff and rides it like a
                    skateboard)
 Musou              Whirlwinds, finishing with a stronger whirlwind that
                    knocks people back
 True Musou         Whirlwinds, finishing with a giant whirlwind that covers
                    most of the screen

Weapons:  Vision Staff, Mirage Staff, Wind Staff, Tornado Staff


--------
Yue Ying
--------

History:  Wife of Zhuge Liang.  Yue Ying was said to be a very ugly woman,
   but Zhuge Liang married her for her intellect.  Was said to be very smart
   and a compliment to Zhuge Liang’s intellect.

Move Set:

 Attack Type        Attack Description
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 T                  Special (throws her spear forward)
 ST                 A hit into the air with a spinning upward slash
 SST(T)             A series of quick stabs followed by a spinning slash that
                    dizzies
 SSST               A spinning slash
 SSSST              An upward slash that creates a whirlwind
 SSSSST             A series of quick spinning slashes
 Running Attack     A horizontal slash
 Jump Charge        Multi-hit
 Musou              A series of quick spinning slashes, finishing with a
                    final spinning slash
 True Musou         A series of quick spinning slashes, finishing with a huge
                    whirlwind

Weapons:  War Spear, Martial Spear, Horizon, Oblivion


---------
Guan Ping
---------

History:  Adopted son of Guan Yu.  Guan Ping would train under Guan Yu to
   become as strong as he was.  He would assist his father at countless
   battles, ending with Fan Castle.  He would help his father with the
   flooding of Fan Castle, but would later die in battle.

Move Set:

 Attack Type        Attack Description
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 T                  Special (hops into the air and slams his weapon into the
                    ground, causing a small shockwave)
 ST                 A hit into the air with an upward slash
 SST(T)             A series of diagonal downward slashes followed by a
                    shockwave that stuns
 SSST(T)            Multiple spinning horizontal slashes
 SSSST              A jumping upward slash that creates a whirlwind
 SSSSST             Jumps into the air and throws his weapon towards the
                    ground, causing an explosion
 Running Attack     A hopping horizontal slash
 Jump Charge        Special (spins around with his weapon out)
 Musou              Spinning horizontal slashes, finishing with a final
                    spinning horizontal slash
 True Musou         Spinning horizontal slashes, finishing with a shockwave
                    like projectile

Weapons:  Iron Blade, Giant Blade, Flying Dragon, Young Dragon


--------
Xing Cai
--------

History:  Wife of Liu Chan.  Xing Cai was Zhang Fei’s daughter.  She would
   later marry Liu Chan, son of Liu Bei and the heir to the throne of Shu.

Move Set:

 Attack Type        Attack Description
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 T                  Special (a quick spinning jump slash that dizzies
                    enemies)
 ST                 A hit into the air with her shield
 SST(T)             A series of spinning slashes followed by a final spinning
                    slash that dizzies
 SSST(T)            A spinning slash followed by a spear throw
 SSSST              A stab with a whirlwind shooting forward that knocks
                    enemies into the air
 SSSSST             A horizontal slash
 Running Attack     A running dash followed by a shockwave
 Jump Charge        Stomp
 Musou              Knocks enemies into the air with an opening slash
                    followed by a series of slashes, finishing with a
                    spinning slash
 True Musou         Knocks enemies into the air with an opening slash
                    followed by a series of slashes, finishing with a
                    dashing, exploding stab

Weapons:  Long Fork, Cobra Fork, Sacred Light, Ambition


                #######
---------------------#-------------------------------------------------------
  DW5:XL            #
  FAQ/Walkthrough  #  3b. Wei Characters
  5XLPCWEI        #
-----------------#-----------------------------------------------------------
                #######


----------
Xiahou Dun
----------

History:  Cousin of Cao Cao and brother to Xiahou Yuan.  Xiahou Dun was one
   of Cao Cao’s most trusted generals from the very beginning.  He lost his
   eye in a battle against Lu Bu at Xia Pi.  He would also attempt to stop
   Guan Yu from leaving the Wei army, but ultimately fails to stop him.

Move Set:

 Attack Type        Attack Description
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 T(T)               Dash (pressing T again gives an extra slash)
 ST                 A hit into the air with an upward slash
 SST(T)             Upward slashes followed by a jumping upward slash that
                    stuns
 SSST               A spinning slash
 SSSST              Slams his sword into the ground, causing a shockwave
 SSSSST             A double horizontal slash
 Running Attack     A jumping upward slash
 Jump Charge        Multi-hit
 Musou              A series of left and right upward slashes, finishing with
                    a horizontal slash
 True Musou         A series of left and right upward slashes, finishing with
                    a horizontal slash followed by a shockwave

Weapons:  Scimitar, Great Scimitar, Kirin Blade, Kirin Fang


--------
Dian Wei
--------

History:  One of Cao Cao’s personal bodyguards, he was discovered by Xiahou
   Dun.  He wielded two halberds in combat, although he did use hand axes in
   one battle.  He would die at Wan Castle saving Cao Cao’s life.  It was
   said that even though he had been shot by many arrows, he still continued
   to fight bravely.

Move Set:

 Attack Type        Attack Description
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 T                  Taunt
 ST                 A hit into the air with an upward slash
 SST(T)             Downward slashes followed by a horizontal slash that
                    stuns
 SSST               Throws his axe like a boomerang
 SSSST              An upward slash that causes an energy type whirlwind
                    (cannot be interrupted)
 SSSSST             Slams his axe on the ground, causing a shockwave (cannot
                    be interrupted)
 Running Attack     A running head butt
 Jump Charge        Stomp
 Musou              A series of horizontal slashes and punches, finishing
                    with a spinning slash
 True Musou         A series of horizontal slashes and punches, finishing
                    with slamming his weapon into the ground, causing an
                    explosion

Weapons:  Hand Axe, Strike Axe, Bull, Mad Bull


------
Xu Zhu
------

History:  One of Cao Cao’s personal bodyguards.  Xu Zhu was said to have
   strength comparable to Dian Wei.  He was called the Fierce Tiger for the
   way he fought like a tiger in battle.  At Tong Gate, he saved Cao Cao from
   Ma Chao.  He would fight for Wei even after Cao Cao’s death.

Move Set:

 Attack Type        Attack Description
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 T                 Taunt
 ST                A hit into the air with an upward swing
 SST(T)            A series of downward pounds followed by a dizzying
                   downward pound
 SSST              A giant homerun swing that sends enemies flying
 SSSST             Slams his weapon into the ground, causing a shockwave
 SSSSST(T)         A series of jumps followed by a jumping stomp
 Running Attack    Rolls on the ground
 Jump Charge       Double Stomp
 Musou             Spins around with his weapon out, finishing with a final
                   spin before falling on the ground
 True Musou        Spins around with his weapon out, finishing with a jumping
                   swing followed by landing onto the ground and creating a
                   shockwave

Weapons:  Club, Spiked Club, Bone Crusher, Rock Crusher


-------
Cao Cao
-------

History:  The leader of Wei.  Cao Cao would help get rid of the Yellow
   Turbans and Dong Zhuo, but then would start to conquer the lands north.
   He would kill Ma Teng and defeat Yuan Shao at Guan Du.  Even though he
   lost most of his navy to a fire attack at Chi Bi, he would still have
   momentum to continue to win battles against Shu and Wu.  It is said that
   he probably died to a brain tumor.

Move Set:

 Attack Type        Attack Description
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 T                  Fire Projectile
 ST                 A hit into the air with an upward slashes
 SST(T)             A series of left and right horizontal slashes followed by
                    a diagonally downward slash
 SSST               A horizontal slash
 SSSST              Stomps the ground causing a blast of energy
 SSSSST(T)          A series of charging slashes
 Running Attack     A hit with the butt of the sword
 Jump Charge        Double (more like Triple, as its two slashes followed by
                    a whirlwind projectile)
 Musou              A series of spinning diagonally upward and diagonally
                    downward slashes, finishing with a horizontal slash
 True Musou         A series of spinning diagonally upward and diagonally
                    downward slashes, finishing with a taunt like blast

Weapons:  Broad Sword, General’s Sword, Sword of Heaven, Wrath of Heaven


-----------
Xiahou Yuan
-----------

History:  Cousin to Cao Cao and brother to Xiahou Dun.  He was said to be a
   great archer.  He was one of Cao Cao’s first generals and was considered
   to be very good.  He was given a force of soldiers to hold of Shu at Mt.
   Ding Jun, but would end up being sliced in half by Huang Zhong.

Move Set:

 Attack Type        Attack Description
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 T(T)               Special (shoots arrows over and over again, finishing
                    with a stronger, dizzy arrow)
 ST                 A hit into the air with an upward swing
 SST(T)             A series of diagonally downward left and right swings
                    followed by a dizzying diagonally downward swing
 SSST               A spinning swing
 SSSST              An upward slash creating a whirlwind
 SSSSST(T)          A series of left and right horizontal swings
 Running Attack     A running knee
 Jump Charge        Stomp
 Musou              Jumping, spinning swings, finishing with a final jumping,
                    spinning swing
 True Musou         Jumping, spinning swings, finishing with an upward slash
                    followed by a shockwave

Weapons:  Rod, Strike Rod, Power Rod, Enforcer Rod


----------
Zhang Liao
----------

History:  One of the five generals of Wei.  He was originally a member of
   Dong Zhuo’s army.  After Dong Zhuo was killed by Lu Bu, he would continue
   to serve Lu Bu.  After Lu Bu was executed at Xia Pi, he would serve under
   Cao Cao and befriend Guan Yu.  He would show his skills in battle at He
   Fei, where he defended He Fei against a larger army, killed Taishi Ci, and
   forced Sun Quan to retreat with an ambush.

Move Set:

 Attack Type        Attack Description
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 T                  Dash
 ST                 A hit into the air with a spinning upward slash
 SST                A series of downward slashes with the blade and butt of
                    his polearm followed by an upward slash that dizzies
 SSST               A spinning kick and slash combo
 SSSST              A jumping upward slash, creating a whirlwind
 SSSSST             A whirlwind attack
 Running Attack     A horizontal slash
 Jump Charge        Projectile
 Musou              A series of diagonally downward left and right slashes,
                    finishing with a horizontal slash
 True Musou         A series of diagonally downward left and right slashes,
                    finishing with a horizontal slash followed by a fireball

Weapons:  Pole Blade, Great Blade, Blue Wyvern, Gold Wyvern


-------
Sima Yi
-------

History:  Strategist of Wei.  Sima Yi was the mastermind behind Wei after Chi
   Bi.  He would have a battle of wits and strategy with Zhuge Liang until
   Zhuge Liang’s death at Wu Zhang Plains.  Sima Yi’s family would be the
   eventual winners of the Three Kingdoms Era, as it would be Sima Yi’s son,
   Sima Zhao, that would take over Wei, force Shu and Wu to surrender, and
   rule over all of China, starting the Jin Dynasty.

Move Set:

 Attack Type        Attack Description
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 T                  Ice Projectile
 ST                 A hit into the air with an upward swing
 SST                A laser beam that dizzies (this attack is NOT a multi hit
                    attack)
 SSST(T)            Jumps backwards while throwing his fan forward, then
                    slides forward while spinning his fan around him
 SSSST              Creates a dark blue orb that knocks enemies into the air
 SSSSST             A multi direction multi laser attack
 Running Attack     Slides with his fan out in front of him
 Jump Charge        Stomp (different type of shockwave, same effect)
 Musou              Stands still and shoots laser beams, finishing with a
                    final laser spray
 True Musou         Stands still and shoots laser beams, finishing with a
                    jump into the air and creating a giant yin-yang sign
                    underneath him, acting like a shockwave

Weapons:  Strategist Fan, Command Fan, Black Feather, Dark Feather


--------
Xu Huang
--------

History:  One of the Five Generals of Wei.  Xu Huang was a man of great skill
   and power.  He wielded a great battle axe in battle.  He was friends with
   Guan Yu and eventually met him in battle at Fan Castle.  Xu Huang fought
   in many battles against Shu and Wu.

Move Set:

 Attack Type        Attack Description
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 T                  Taunt
 ST                 A hit into the air with a spinning slash
 ST(T)              Spins his axe around his head followed by a final
                    dizzying spin.
 SSST               A spinning slash
 SSSST              Slams his axe into the ground, causing a shockwave
 SSSSST             A stomp causing a shockwave
 Running attack     A sliding slash
 Jump Charge        Special (twirls around in mid air until he lands)
 Musou              Spins his axe around his head, finishing with a final
                    slash
 True Musou         Spins his axe around his head, finishing with an upward
                    slash followed by a shockwave

Weapons:  Battle Axe, Great Axe, Destroyer, Marauder


--------
Zhang He
--------

History:  One of the Five Generals of Wei.  Zhang He was originally an
   officer for Yuan Shao.  He would defect during the Battle of Guan Du to
   Wei.  Afterwards, he would serve Wei as one of their best generals.  He
   would lead the attack at Jie Ting and would be the one who trapped Ma Su
   on the mountaintop and would cause Shu to lose the battle.

Move Set:

 Attack Type        Attack Description
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 T(T)               Special (does a back flip backwards, then does three back
                    flips forwards)
 ST                 A hit into the air with a kick
 SST(T)             Slashes with claws followed by a dashing claw attack that
                    dizzies
 SSST               A spinning torpedo like attack
 SSSST              Kicks upwards, creating a butterfly whirlwind
 SSSSST             Does two quick slashes side to side
 Running Attack     A sweeping kick
 Jump Charge        Special (spins like an upside down top with his claws
                    out)
 Musou              Slides on the ground slashing with his claws, finishing
                    with a dashing, sliding claw attack
 True Musou         Slides on the ground with his claws, finishing with a
                    dive onto the ground, creating an explosion

Weapons:  Iron Claw, Strike Claw, Peacock Talon, Phoenix Talon


-------
Zhen Ji
-------

History:  Wife of Cao Pi.  Zhen Ji was the wife of Yuan Xi at first, but
   after Wei won at Guan Du, Cao Pi fell in love with Zhen Ji and took her as
   his wife.  She would later be executed by Cao Pi after another one of Cao
   Pi’s mistresses got jealous of Zhen Ji and convinced Cao Pi to execute
   her.

Move Set:

 Attack Type        Attack Description
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 T                  Special (a projectile like bubble, but with no element
                    and different look than projectile orbs)
 ST                 A hit into the air with a kick
 SST(T)             A series of slaps followed by a final dizzying slap
 SSST               A straight kick
 SSSST              A quick swing upwards that produces a whirlwind
 SSSSST             A song from her flute that produces a shockwave
 Running Attack     A jumping double kick
 Jump Charge        Special (plays her flute in midair)
 Musou              A series of shockwaves played from her flute, finishing
                    with a final shockwave
 True Musou         A series of shockwaves played from her flute, finishing
                    with exploding bubbles

Weapons:  Bronze Flute, Iron Flute, Moon Flute, Dark Moon Flute


-------
Cao Ren
-------

History:  Cousin to Cao Cao.  Cao Ren was another one of Cao Cao’s trusted
   generals and another one of his family members.  Cao Ren was defending Fan
   Castle when Guan Yu attacked it.  Even thought Guan Yu would flood Fan
   Castle, Cao Ren would still hold off Guan Yu long enough to allow Wu to
   capture him.

Move Set:

 Attack Type        Attack Description
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 T                 Taunt
 ST                A hit into the air with the blade part of his shield
 SST(T)            Shoots whirlwinds from his shield followed by a final
                   dizzying whirlwind
 SSST              A bear hug like attack using his shield and hand
 SSSST             Slams his fist into the ground, creating a shockwave
 SSSSST            A running attack with his shield up
 Running Attack    Runs with his shield up for a little while then slashes
                   with the blade part of his shield
 Jump Charge       Stomp
 Musou             Slashes downwards left and right, finishing with a final
                   slash a stomp
 True Musou        Slashes downward left and right, finishing with an upward
                   slash and a shockwave

Weapons:  Buckler Blade, Strike Buckler, Crane, Roc


------
Cao Pi
------

History:  Son of Cao Cao and first Emperor of Wei.  Cao Pi would first fight
   at Guan Du and take Zhen Ji as his wife.  He would continue to fight along
   side his father until his father’s death.  After his father died, he would
   take over his kingdom and declare himself the first Emperor of Wei.

Move Set:

 Attack Type        Attack Description
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 T                  Ice Projectile
 ST                 A hit into the air with an upward slash
 SST                Takes his two swords apart and slashes with them followed
                    by a final dizzying slash
 SSST               A horizontal slash
 SSSST              Slams his weapon into the ground causing an energy burst
                    that hits people into the air
 SSSSST             A horizontal slash
 Running Attack     A jumping spinning slash
 Jump Charge        Multi-hit
 Musou              Takes apart his swords and slashes with them, finishing
                    with a final spinning slash
 True Musou         Takes apart his swords and slashes with them, finishing
                    with two more slashes and a taunt like blast move

Weapons:  Twin Blade, Dual Fang, Pure Havoc, Chaos


-------
Pang De
-------

History:  A general for both Ma Chao and Cao Cao.  Pang De would assist Ma
   Chao at Tong Gate against Cao Cao.  After Han Sui’s defection, Ma Chao
   would lose the battle and fail to avenge his father.  Pang De would then
   join Wei.  When fighting against Shu, there was some question to Pang De’s
   loyalty.  Pang De would make a coffin and take it with him to Fan Castle,
   saying that if he fails to win at Fan Castle, he would come back inside
   the coffin.  Pang De fought valiantly at Fan Castle, but would be captured
   and executed by Guan Yu.

Move Set:

 Attack Type        Attack Description
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 T                  Taunt
 ST                 A hit into the air with an upward slash
 SST(T)             Downward slashes with each weapon followed by a
                    horizontal slash
 SSST               A horizontal slash
 SSSST              Slams his weapons into the ground, creating a white blast
 SSSSST             A running, slashing attack
 Running Attack     A horizontal slash
 Jump Charge        Moving (a flip with his weapons out)
 Musou              Stands and performs horizontal slashes, finishing with a
                    final slash
 True Musou         Stands and performs horizontal slashes, finishing with a
                    jumping shockwave

Weapons:  War Pick, Sturdy Halberd, Pole Axe, Heavenly Halberd


                #######
---------------------#-------------------------------------------------------
  DW5:XL            #
  FAQ/Walkthrough  #  3c. Wu Characters
  5XLPCWUC        #
-----------------#-----------------------------------------------------------
                #######

-------
Zhou Yu
-------

History:  Friend of Sun Ce, husband of Xiao Qiao, and advisor for Wu.  He
   helped Sun Ce conquer the lands of Wu.  After Sun Ce’s death, he would
   devise a plan to defeat Cao Cao.  At Chi Bi, he masterminded a plan to set
   the Wei navy on fire.  The plan worked and Cao Cao was crippled.  He would
   die at an early age of natural causes.

Move Set:

 Attack Type        Attack Description
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 T                  Fire Projectile
 ST                 A hit into the air with an upward slash
 SST(T)             A series of spinning backwards stabs followed by a final
                    spinning backward stab that dizzies
 SSST(T)            Jumps into the air and does up to three spinning slashes
 SSSST              A jumping slash that creates a whirlwind
 SSSSST             A horizontal slash
 Running Attack     A series of running slashes
 Jump Charge        Double (a whirlwind projectile followed by a stomp)
 Musou              A series of upward slashes, finishing with a final upward
                    slash that knocks enemies into the air
 True Musou         A series of upward slashes, finishing with an explosion

Weapons:  Bronze Sword, Iron Sword, Elder Sword, Ancients Sword


------
Lu Xun
------

History:  Last great advisor for Wu.  Lu Xun was a young advisor, but his
   intelligence and wisdom allowed him to become Wu’s advisor after the
   passing of Zhou Yu and Lu Meng.  He would lead Wu to victory over Shu
   after a well placed fire attack.

Move Set:

 Attack Type        Attack Description
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 T                 Fire Projectile
 ST                A hit into the air with an upward slash with both swords
 SST(T)            A series of flips in mid air followed by a final slash
                   that stuns
 SSST              A back flip that hits twice
 SSSST             A jumping spinning slash that creates a whirlwind
 SSSSST            A spinning slash
 Running Attack    A horizontal slash with both swords
 Jump Charge       Projectile
 Musou             Spinning double slashes, finishing with a final horizontal
                   slash
 True Musou        Spinning double slashes, finishing with a fireball

Weapons:  Twin Sabers, Wing Sabers, Eagle, Falcon


---------
Taishi Ci
---------

History:  Great warrior for Wu.  He started off as an officer for Kong Rong,
   but would soon join Liu Yong.  When Sun Ce invaded Wu, Taishi Ci would get
   into a duel with him, but neither side would win.  Taishi Ci would gain
   respect for Sun Ce and eventually join him.  He would fight for Wu until
   He Fei, where he died to an ambush from Zhang Liao.

Move Set:

 Attack Type        Attack Description
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 T                  Taunt
 ST                 A hit into the air with a spinning swing
 SST(T)             Downward swings with each weapon followed by a final
                    spinning swing that stuns
 SSST               A double poke
 SSSST              Slams his weapons into the ground, creating a shockwave
 SSSSST(T)          Pokes with one weapon a few times before a final double
                    poke
 Running Attack     A thrust with one weapon
 Jump Charge        Stomp
 Musou              Pokes with each weapon, finishing with a triple strike
                    with both weapons
 True Musou         Pokes with each weapon, finishing with an upward swing
                    followed by a shockwave

Weapons:  Twin Rods, Spiral Rods, Wolf Slayer, Tiger Slayer


---------------
Sun Shang Xiang
---------------

History:  Daughter of Sun Jian and wife of Liu Bei.  Sun Shang Xiang would
   marry Liu Bei during the short lived alliance between the two kingdoms.
   However, after Wu executed Guan Yu, Sun Shang Xiang was torn between her
   family and her husband.  She would eventually side with her husband.
   After Yi Ling, Liu Bei would die of grief for not being able to avenge his
   brother.  When Sun Shang Xiang heard this, she would commit suicide.

Move Set:

 Attack Type        Attack Description
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 T                  Dash (three cartwheels)
 ST                 A hit into the air with an upward slash
 SST(T)             Spinning slashes followed by a throw of her chakrams that
                    dizzies
 SSST               Throws chakrams out in front of her
 SSSST              Does a flip kick, creating a whirlwind
 SSSSST(T)          Throws chakrams out as they spin around her
 Running Attack     A horizontal slash with both chakrams
 Jump Charge        Special (throws chakrams)
 Musou              Throws chakrams from side to side, finishing with
                    spinning throw
 True Musou         Throws chakrams from side to side, finishing with a huge
                    whirlwind

Weapons:  Chakram, Moon Chakram, Luna Chakram, Sol Chakram


--------
Sun Jian
--------

History:  The Tiger of Jiang Dong.  Sun Jian would be one of the first
   provincial rulers to answer the call to arms during the Yellow Turban
   Rebellion.  He would also help with the battle against Dong Zhuo.  When
   Sun Jian started to go back to his home, he found that it had been taken
   over while he was at war.  He would begin to draw up plans to get his
   homelands back, but would die in a rockslide caused by Kuai Liang in a
   battle against Liu Biao.

Move Set:

 Attack Type        Attack Description
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 T                  Dash
 ST                 A hit into the air with a jumping slash upwards
 SST(T)             A series of left and right quick hits followed by a quick
                    horizontal slash
 SSST               A backwards stab
 SSSST              An explosion that knocks enemies into the air
 SSSSST             A diagonally downwards slash
 Running Attack     A diagonal slash
 Jump Charge        Multi-hit
 Musou              Waves his sword from right to left in front of him,
                    finishing with a dashing sword slash
 True Musou         Waves his sword from right to left in front of him,
                    finishing with an explosion

Weapons:  Tiger Sword, Tiger Claw, Lone Tiger, Savage Tiger


--------
Sun Quan
--------

History:  Second son of Sun Jian.  He would lead Shu after Sun Ce’s death.
   While Sun Ce was known more as a conqueror and a warrior, Sun Quan was
   more of a political ruler, dealing more with the internal affairs.  Still,
   he would lead on the battlefield in many different missions against Wei
   and Shu.

Move Set:

 Attack Type        Attack Description
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 T                  Taunt
 ST                 A hit into the air with an upward slash
 SST(T)             A series of horizontal slashes left and right followed by
                    another horizontal slash followed by a vertical slash
                    that dizzies
 SSST               A vertical slash followed by a horizontal slash
 SSSST              A spinning slash upwards, creating an explosion
 SSSSST             A spinning slash
 Running Attack     A diagonal slash
 Jump Charge        Stomp
 Musou              Waves his sword from left and right in front of him,
                    finishing with a final horizontal slash
 True Musou         Waves his sword from left and right in front of him,
                    finishing with a lightning storm

Weapons:  Wolf Sword, Wolf Claw, King Wolf, Master Wolf


-------
Lu Meng
-------

History:  An expert warrior learned in the art of strategy.  Lu Meng started
   off his career as an excellent fighter on the battlefield.  He would gain
   ranks in the Wu army through his valor on the battlefield.  At Sun Quan’s
   request, Lu Meng would read books and learn tactics and strategy.  He
   would become the ultimate general, skilled in both sword and strategy.  Lu
   Meng would become one of Wu’s advisors and would lead the attack on Guan
   Yu at Fan Castle, capture him, and execute him.  Lu Meng would later die
   by being haunted by the ghost of Guan Yu (in the novel of course).

Move Set:

 Attack Type        Attack Description
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 T                 Fire Projectile
 ST                A hit into the air with an upward slash
 SST(T)            A series of downward slashes with the blade and end of
                   his polearm followed by an upward slash that dizzies
 SSST              A spinning slash
 SSSST             Slams his weapon into the ground and creates a shockwave
 SSSSST            A jumping, spinning slash
 Running Attack    Slides on the ground with his weapon out in front
 Jump Charge       Stomp
 Musou             Hits the enemy with the blade part and the end part of his
                   polearm, finishing with a stab and a swing
 True Musou        Hits the enemy with the blade part and the end part of his
                   polearm, finishing with a shockwave

Weapons:  Glaive, Great Glaive, Tiger Hook, White Tiger


--------
Gan Ning
--------

History:  A former pirate.  Gan Ning was a pirate before joining Huang Zu’s
   army.  During a battle between Huang Zu and Wu, Gan Ning would kill Ling
   Cao, Ling Tong’s father.  After the battle, Gan Ning would join Wu.  He
   would lead an ambush at the Battle of He Fei that would help Wu, but
   ultimately not be enough for a victory.  He would die at the Battle of Yi
   Ling to an arrow from Sha Moke (that’s based on the fictional novel, he
   really died of illness before Yi Ling).

Move Set:

 Attack Type        Attack Description
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 T                  Dash
 ST                 A hit into the air with an upward slash
 SST(T)             A series of vertical slashes followed by a final
                    horizontal slash
 SSST               A spinning slash
 SSSST              An uppercut that causes a fire pillar
 SSSSST             A whirlwind attack
 Running Attack     A running knee
 Jump Charge        Multi-hit
 Musou              Runs around with his sword out, finishing with a spinning
                    slash
 True Musou         Runs around with his sword out, finishing with a jump and
                    lands with a shockwave

Weapons:  Pirate Sword, River Sword, River Master, Sea Master


---------
Huang Gai
---------

History:  One of the very first officers for Sun Jian.  Huang Gai served the
   Sun family since the very beginning.  Wielding a stiff iron whip into
   battle (not the snapping, black leather whip, but one that’s very close to
   his weapon in DW), he would fight from the Yellow Turbans all the way up
   to the later battles of Wu.  He would be essential for the fire attack on
   the Wei navy at Chi Bi, as he was the one who lead the fire boats that set
   the boats ablaze.  He would live a long life of battle.

Move Set:

 Attack Type        Attack Description
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 T(T)               Special (tapping T once places a bomb on the ground,
                    tapping T more than once throws a bomb)
 ST                 A hit into the air with an uppercut
 SST(T)             Kicks the enemies shins followed by an uppercut
 SSST               A diagonally downward bash
 SSSST              Slams his weapon into the ground, creating an explosion
 SSSSST             A stomp on the ground that causes a shockwave
 Running Attack     A charging head butt
 Jump Charge        Special (throws a bomb at the ground)
 Musou              Swings his rod back and forth, finishing with a final
                    swing
 True Musou         Swings his rod back and forth, finishing with throwing a
                    lot of bombs

Weapons:  Iron Rod, Great Rod, Shadow Rod, Dark Shadow


------
Sun Ce
------

History:  The Little Conqueror.  Sun Ce was the oldest son of Sun Jian and
   husband to Da Qiao.  He would make a name for himself after his father
   died by conquering the lands of Wu.  His ability to swiftly take lands
   gave him the nickname of the Little Conqueror.  However, after crossing
   paths with a mystic and killing him, he would become gravely ill from a
   spell and would end up dying young.

Move Set:

 Attack Type        Attack Description
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 T                  Taunt
 ST                 A hit into the air with a flip kick
 SST(T)             Swings multiple times at the enemies with his tonfas
                    followed by a spinning double kick
 SSST               A spinning move with his tonfas out
 SSSST              Slams his tonfas into the ground causing an explosion
 SSSSST             Rapid fire hits with his tonfas before a final hit that
                    knocks enemies away
 Running Attack     A spinning double kick
 Jump Charge        Stomp
 Musou              Spins around and hits people with his tonfas, finishing
                    with a jumping spin
 True Musou         Spins around and hits people with his tonfas, finishing
                    off with an explosion

Weapons:  Tonfa, Studded Tonfa, Conqueror, Overlord


-------
Da Qiao
-------

History:  Wife of Sun Ce.  Da Qiao the older sister of Xiao Qiao.  It was
   said that the two Qiaos were the most beautiful women in all of China and
   made the flowers blush in the presence of their beauty.  They were put
   under the protection of Sun Ce and Zhou Yu, who they would later marry.
   The real first names of the Qiao sisters are not known and lost to
   history.  Da stands for big, as she is the big sister of the two Qiaos.

Move Set:

 Attack Type        Attack Description
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 T                  Fire Projectile
 ST                 A hit into the air with an upward swing
 SST(T)             Rapid fire upward swings with her fans followed by a spin
 SSST               Dives forward with both her fans out
 SSSST              Spins her fans in front of her causing a whirlwind to
                    appear
 SSSSST             A whirlwind attack
 Running Attack     Lunges forward with both fans in front
 Jump Charge        Special (a fireball)
 Musou              Stands still and throws her fans out in front of her
                    while they spin, finishing with a spin while her fans
                    spin around her
 True Musou         Stands still and throws her fans out in front of her
                    while they spin, finishing with a spin while her fans
                    spin around her followed by a huge fireball

Weapons:  Twin Fans, Violet Fans, True Beauty, Qiao Beauty


---------
Xiao Qiao
---------

History:  Wife of Zhou Yu.  Xiao Qiao is the younger sister of Da Qiao.  She
   would marry Zhou Yu while she was under his protection.  It was said that
   Zhuge Liang got Zhou Yu to agree to an alliance with Shu by telling Zhou
   Yu that Cao Cao was attacking Wu because he wanted the two Qiao sisters
   for himself.  Xiao stands for little, as she is the little sister of the
   two Qiaos.

Move Set:

 Attack Type        Attack Description
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 T(T)               Special (waves her fans out in front of her, finishing
                    with a dizzying final swing)
 ST                 A hit into the air with an upward swing
 SST(T)             Spins around with her fans out followed by throwing her
                    fans in circular patterns that stuns
 SSST               Throws one fan forward and the other backwards
 SSSST              Swings upwards, creating a whirlwind
 SSSSST(T)          Flips in midair with her fans out
 Running Attack     Slides on the ground with her fans out
 Jump Charge        Moving (spins like a sideways top with her fans out)
 Musou              Flips in midair with her fans out, finishing with a throw
                    of her fans in all different directions
 True Musou         Flips in midair with her fans out, finishing with a hover
                    in midair before coming down and creating a shockwave

Weapons:  Double Fans, Peach Fans, True Grace, Qiao Grace


--------
Zhou Tai
--------

History:  A former pirate who often saved Sun Quan’s life.  Zhou Tai started
   off his life as a pirate.  He would join Wu and prove his might and valor
   on the battlefield, often rescuing Sun Quan from danger.

Move Set:

 Attack Type        Attack Description
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 T                  Dash
 ST                 A hit into the air with
 SST(T)             Rapid diagonally upward sword slashes followed by a final
                    dizzying diagonally upward sword slash
 SSST               A diagonally upward slash
 SSSST              A red taunt like blast
 SSSSST(T)          Tapping T once causes a quick sword thrust, tapping T
                    more than once causes a longer sword thrust that has the
                    Shadow element
 Running Attack     A diagonally upward slash
 Jump Charge        Multi-hit
 Musou              Stands still and slashes diagonally upwards right and
                    left, finishing with a dashing sword slash
 True Musou         Stands still and slashes diagonally upwards right and
                    left, finishing with sheathing his sword, creating a
                    shockwave, followed by a final horizontal slash

Weapon:  Eastern Sword, Katana, Dawn, Dusk


---------
Ling Tong
---------

History:  Son of Ling Cao and Gan Ning’s rival.  Ling Tong would join his
   father on many battles for Wu.  However, at Xia Kou, Gan Ning would kill
   Ling Cao.  This would cause Ling Tong to hate Gan Ning.  After the battle,
   Gan Ning would join Wu and would cause friction between the two warriors.
   They would, eventually, accept each other as a fellow comrade in arms.

Move Set:

 Attack Type        Attack Description
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 T                  Dash
 ST                 A hit into the air with a flip kick
 SST(T)             A series of spinning kicks followed by a final spinning
                    kick
 SSST               A quick stomp
 SSSST              A swing upwards that causes a whirlwind
 SSSSST             An explosion
 Running Attack     A quick swing
 Jump Charge        Projectile
 Musou              Swings his nunchaku around himself, finishing with a
                    spinning swing
 True Musou         Swings his nunchaku around himself, finishing with a few
                    more swings and a taunt like blast

Weapons:  Wood Nunchaku, Iron Nunchaku, Rising Phoenix, Dragon Fury


                #######
---------------------#-------------------------------------------------------
  DW5:XL            #
  FAQ/Walkthrough  #  3d. Other Characters
  5XLPCOTH        #
-----------------#-----------------------------------------------------------
                #######


---------
Diao Chan
---------

History:  Mistress to both Dong Zhuo and Lu Bu.  Diao Chan’s adoptive father
   wanted to get rid of Dong Zhuo.  He devised a plan to get both Dong Zhuo
   and Lu Bu to fight against each other.  Diao Chan, a beautiful dancer,
   made both guys fall in love with her.  Diao Chan convinced Lu Bu that she
   loved only him and was being held captive by Dong Zhuo.  Lu Bu would kill
   Dong Zhuo for Diao Chan.  What happened to her after that is unknown.

Move Set:

 Attack Type        Attack Description
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 T                  Dash
 ST                 A hit into the air with a jumping swing
 SST(T)             A series of flips and swings followed by a final swing
                    that dizzies
 SSST               A horizontal swing followed by a kick
 SSSST              A swing upwards that creates a whirlwind
 SSSSST             Throws two horizontal whirlwinds
 Running attack     A flip
 Jump Charge        Stomp
 Musou              A series of jumping, spinning kicks, finishing with a
                    downward swing with both maces
 True Musou         A series of jumping, spinning kicks, finishing with a
                    huge whirlwind that covers most of the screen

Weapons:  Mace, Great Mace, Enchantress, Diva


-----
Lu Bu
-----

History:  The greatest fighter of his era.  Lu Bu was considered to be the
   strongest warrior of his time.  He would serve Dong Zhuo as his adoptive
   son and would be the main reason why Dong Zhuo accumulated so much power.
   However, at the request of Diao Chan, Lu Bu would slay Dong Zhuo.  Lu Bu
   would try to get his own lands, but even though he was a mighty fighter,
   he would constantly lose in battle due to a lack of strategy.  His final
   defeat would be at Xia Pi, where he would be defeated by Cao Cao and Liu
   Bei.  Lu Bu offered to join Cao Cao, but after having a reputation for
   betrayal, he would be beheaded.

Move Set:

 Attack Type        Attack Description
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 T                  Special (an unblockable three hit combo, finishing with a
                    taunt)
 ST                 A hit into the air with the butt of his halberd
 SST(T)             Spins his halberd above his head around in a circle
                    followed by a slash and a shockwave that stuns
 SSST               A dashing slash
 SSSST              A slash upwards, creating a red lightning bolt
 SSSSST             Quick diagonal downward left and right slashes followed
                    by a stomp
 Running Attack     A spinning diagonally upward slash
 Jump Charge        Double (a stomp and then a slash on the ground)
 Musou              Diagonally right downward slashes, finishing with a stomp
 True Musou         Diagonally right downward slashes, finishing with a stomp
                    and a shockwave

Weapons:  Halberd, Great Halberd, Sky Piercer, Sky Scorcher


---------
Dong Zhuo
---------

History:  An evil tyrant.  Dong Zhuo took over the imperial throne after the
   Yellow Turban rebellion.  He would use his position to satisfy his want
   for food, gold, and women.  He would give Red Hare to Lu Bu as a gift for
   becoming his adoptive son.  With the power of Lu Bu at his side, he
   thought he was invincible.  However, thanks to Diao Chan, Lu Bu would turn
   on his master and end the tyranny of Dong Zhuo.

Move Set:

 Attack Type        Attack Description
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 T                  Taunt
 ST                 A hit into the air with a jumping slash
 SST(T)             A series of quick left and right slashes followed by a
                    two diagonally downward slashes that dizzies
 SSST               A backwards stab
 SSSST              Creates a blast that sends enemies flying upwards
 SSSSST             Slams his weapon into the ground, causing a shockwave
 Running Attack     A horizontal slash
 Jump Charge        Triple Stomp
 Musou              A series of left and right horizontal slashes, finishing
                    with a jump onto the ground, creating a shockwave
 True Musou         A series of left and right horizontal slashes, finishing
                    by throwing a bomb

Weapons:  Tyrant Sword, Great Tyrant, Fear, Horror


---------
Yuan Shao
---------

History:  A powerful nobleman.  Yuan Shao was the commander of the troops in
   the campaign against Dong Zhuo.  Even though the coalition was a failure,
   after Dong Zhuo was disposed of, Yuan Shao took over most of the north by
   eliminating Gongsun Zan.  However, his quest to unify China would fall
   short at Guan Du, where he was soundly defeated by Cao Cao and would never
   be able to recover.

Move Set:

 Attack Type        Attack Description
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 T                  Dash
 ST                 A hit into the air with a jumping slash
 SST(T)             A series of left and right horizontal slashes followed by
                    two spinning slashes that stuns
 SSST               A diagonally left downward slash
 SSSST              Stabs the ground creating a shockwave
 SSSSST             A shockwave slash
 Running Attack     A diagonal slash
 Jump Charge        Stomp
 Musou              A series of left and right slashes, finishing with a
                    diagonally left downward slash
 True Musou         A series of left and right slashes, finishing with an
                    upward slash followed by a jump and then throws his sword
                    down to the ground and then lands on it, creating a
                    shockwave

Weapons:  Noble Sword, Regal Sword, Sword of Honor, Sword of Kings


----------
Zhang Jiao
----------

History:  Leader of the Yellow Turbans.  A mystic who found magical books,
   Zhang Jiao and his brothers, Zhang Liang and Zhang Bao, would gather up
   people to start up a rebellion against the Han dynasty.  The rebellion
   would be stopped by the Han forces, but it would set off the chain of
   events that would lead to the end of the Han dynasty and the start of the
   Three Kingdoms Era.

Move Set:

 Attack Type        Attack Description
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 T                  Taunt
 ST                 A hit into the air with a backward staff swing
 SST(T)             Magically waves his staff in front of him followed by a
                    shockwave
 SSST               A flamethrower attack
 SSSST              Swings his staff upwards, causing yellowish-whitish
                    diamonds to appear with Chinese letters in them
 SSSSST             A spinning flamethrower attack
 Running Attack     A dash attack with staff in front
 Jump Charge        Special (a fire spin)
 Musou              Shoots fireballs, finishing with a flamethrower attack
 True Musou         Shoots fireballs, finishing with a spinning flamethrower
                    attack

Weapons:  Magic Staff, Mystic Staff, Fire Staff, Volcano Staff


--------
Meng Huo
--------

History:  King of the Nanman Tribes.  Meng Huo would unite the tribes in the
   Nan Zhong region to become their first king.  However, Shu would invade
   the Nan Zhong region.  Meng Huo would try seven times to outsmart Zhuge
   Liang.  Each of the seven times, he was captured and released.  After the
   seventh time, Meng Huo was so impressed with Zhuge Liang intelligence and
   compassion that he swore loyalty to him.

Move Set:

 Attack Type        Attack Description
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 T                  Dash
 ST                 A hit into the air with an uppercut
 SST(T)             Spins around with his hands out followed by a final
                    dizzying spin
 SSST               Dives forward
 SSSST              Slams the ground, causing a shockwave
 SSSSST             Slams the ground, causing a shockwave
 Running Attack     Trips and falls on the ground
 Jump Charge        Double Stomp
 Musou              Slams the ground, causing a shockwave, finishing with a
                    final slam that sends enemies flying
 True Musou         Slams the ground, causing a shockwave, finishing with
                    five more slams, with the last one sending enemies flying

Weapons:  Nanman Gauntlet, Beast Gauntlet, Beast Master, King of Beasts


--------
Zhu Rong
--------

History:  Wife of Meng Huo and daughter of the god of fire.  Zhu Rong was the
   only woman in the novel to actually participate in battle.  She would end
   up getting captured by Zhuge Liang and released also.  She was said to
   have been extremely skilled with throwing daggers.

Move Set:

 Attack Type        Attack Description
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 T                  Special (does four low spinning sweep kicks)
 ST                 A hit into the air with an upward slash
 SST(T)             Throws her boomerang straight followed by a final
                    straight throw that dizzies
 SSST               Throws her boomerang around herself
 SSSST              A slash upwards that creates a whirlwind
 SSSSST             Throws her boomerang, creating a whirlwind
 Running Attack     A horizontal slash
 Jump Charge        Special (a fire spray)
 Musou              Throws daggers all around herself, finishing with a final
                    spinning throw
 True Musou         Throws daggers all around herself, finishing with a dash
                    with her boomerang circling her

Weapons:  Boomerang, Spitfire, Magma Wheel, Inferno

------
Zuo Ci
------

History:  A Taoist who harassed Cao Cao.  He would learn mystic arts in the
   Emei mountains.  Zuo Ci would use his mystic powers to perform miracles
   for Cao Cao.  What his purpose is was never known, but he did enrage Cao
   Cao and constantly defeated all of Cao Cao’s attempts to get the upper
   hand during the confrontations between the two.

Move Set:

 Attack Type        Attack Description
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 T(T)               Fire and Ice Projectile (pressing triangle once will give
                    you a fire projectile, twice will give you an ice one)
 ST                 A hit into the air with an upward swing
 SST(T)             Throws his cards forwards and forms a circle with them,
                    hitting the target followed by a final throw that dizzies
 SSST               Shoots a lot of lasers (I mean a lot)
 SSSST              Shoots a whirlwind forward, sending enemies upwards
 SSSSST(T)          Causes a red explosion followed by a purple explosion
 Running Attack     Shoots a whirlwind forward
 Jump Charge        Special (dives forward with a fireball in his hands)
 Musou              Walks with his cards spinning around him, finishing with
                    a lightning storm
 True Musou         Walks with his cards spinning around him, finishing with
                    fire projectiles, ice projectiles, and a lightning storm

Weapons:  Cursed Deck, Mystic Deck, Crane Deck, Trump Deck


                #######
---------------------#-------------------------------------------------------
  DW5:XL            #
  FAQ/Walkthrough  #  3e. Edit Character Special Move Sets
  5XLPCEDI        #
-----------------#-----------------------------------------------------------
                #######


There are two special move set that can only be used by the edit characters.  
I have listed their move sets in this section.


----------
Broadsword
----------

History:  This is Fu Xi’s move set.  Fu Xi was a special hidden character in
   DW3.  He was not a warrior during the Three Kingdoms Era, but he was the
   first Emperor of China and a Chinese god (I think, forgive me if I’m
   wrong).  He was removed in DW4.

Move Set:

 Attack Type        Attack Description
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 T                  Special (a double swing)
 ST                 A hit into the air with an upward slash
 SST(T)             A series of stabs followed by a horizontal slash that
                    dizzies
 SSST               A horizontal slash
 SSSST              Slams the sword onto the ground, creating a fire
                    explosion all around
 SSSSST(T)          A series of stabs followed by a vertical slash upwards,
                    sending the enemy flying
 Running Attack     A horizontal slash
 Jump Charge        Special (slams sword onto the ground, creating a fire
                    explosion all around)
 Musou              A series of spinning slashes, finishing with a final
                    spinning slash that sends enemies flying
 True Musou         A series of spinning slashes, finishing with a lightning
                    storm

Weapons:  Great Sword, Crusher Sword, Holy Avenger, Fu Xi’s Sword


------
Rapier
------

History:  This is Nu Wa’s move set.  Nu Wa was a special hidden character in
   DW3.  She was not a warrior during the three Kingdoms Era, but she is the
   Chinese god (I think the Chinese god of creation, but I’m not sure).  She
   was removed in DW4.

Move Set:

 Attack Type        Attack Description
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 T                  Dash (a triple slash attack)
 ST                 A hit into the air with an upward slash
 SST(T)             A series of slashes and shield swings followed by a final
                    slash and shield swing that dizzies
 SSST               A horizontal slash
 SSSST              An slash downwards, creating a whirlwind
 SSSSST(T)          A series of stabs, finishing with a final, dashing stab
 Running Attack     A sliding stab
 Jump Charge        Stomp
 Musou              A series of rapid, horizontal slashes, finishing with a
                    spinning slash
 True Musou         A series of rapid, horizontal slashes, finishing with a
                    lightning storm

Weapons:  Rapier, Swift Rapier, Celestial Blade, Nu Wa’s Rapier


                #######
---------------------#-------------------------------------------------------
  DW5:XL            #
  FAQ/Walkthrough  #  4. Legend Mode Walkthroughs
  5XLLEGEN        #
-----------------#-----------------------------------------------------------
                #######


Legend Mode documents various historical and fictional battles involving the 
warriors from the Three Kingdoms Era.  At first, you will only be able to use 
one of the recommended fighters for the stage.  However, once you have 
cleared the stage one time, you will be able to select any of the cast of 
characters or your own created characters to fight in that scenario.  I have 
provided a walkthrough for each recommended character.  Some stages will only 
have one walkthrough, meaning that all the recommended characters have the 
same path to take.

All walkthroughs are done for Hard mode.


                #######
---------------------#-------------------------------------------------------
  DW5:XL            #
  FAQ/Walkthrough  #  4a. Struggle for the Book
  5XLLMSFB        #
-----------------#-----------------------------------------------------------
                #######


Three great intellects struggle to gain a book containing great and mystical 
secrets.  That book is the Way of Peace.  Can you be the first to pass all of 
Master Lao’s trials to claim the book for your own?

Dim Sum:  Defeat one of the two phantom clones of your character (or of the
   character you started near)

Musou Wine:  Center section, outside and to the left of the outer center gate


----------
Zhang Jiao
----------

You start off on the middle path.  Defeat everyone in your small section in 
the south before everyone else.  After everyone has cleared their section, 
Master Lao will send a phantom to stalk you.  Once you have defeated all your 
enemies, move north.  There, you will have to fight mystic warriors.  They 
have a lot of defense and health, but these warriors do not come back to 
life.  Once you get to the castle gate, a phantom Master Lao and some 
Lieutenants will arrive.  Unlike the phantom ghost thing that is stalking 
you, you can kill the phantom Master Lao.  Once you do so, you can move into 
the castle.  Once inside the castle, you will have to deal with elephants, 
bombers, archers, and stone warriors.  Also, there is a lot of poison mist in 
this section of the castle, so watch your health.  Luckily, there is an All 
Recover near each gate.  Master Lao will summon Cao Cao, Sun Jian, and Liu 
Bei to hinder your path.  Also, you will get another friendly ghost soldier 
trailing you.  For the record, in case anyone is keeping score, that makes 
two undefeatable, annoying ghosts following you.  Cut down these three 
leaders to open up the next section.  While fighting these three, if you ever 
get close to Pang Tong or Zuo Ci, you will get a cut scene, but you won’t 
have to fight them.  Once inside the next section, you will deal with more of 
the same, except now you can add sorcerers to the list of enemies you will 
see.  Also, there are steam geysers that are here to knock you off of your 
feet.  As a special reward for making it this far, you get to face off with a 
phantom Pang Tong and a phantom Zuo Ci.  Eliminate both quickly, because you 
will soon face off with to phantom Zhang Jiaos.  Dealing with four enemy 
generals, two of which can set you on fire, and two phantom soldiers, is no 
fun, especially when you are being juggled while on fire.  To add even more 
to the list of not good things, Master Lao creates a rockslide while you’re 
fighting.  You will want to run through all four of these phantoms quickly.  
Once all four are defeated, the last gate opens.  Once inside, those annoying 
ghost soldiers will disappear and you get to face your final test.  
Unfortunately, that final test is a powered up Lu Bu with three whirlwind 
columns chasing after you.  If you get hit by a whirlwind column, you can 
pretty much say good bye to a good chunk of your health, meaning there is 
only so many times you can get knocked around by those things.  Sometimes, a 
column can hit you more than once at the same time, which can really hurt.  
Add the fact that you got Lu Bu chasing after you, and it can be no fun, 
especially with a character with as poor of a move set as Zhang Jiao.  I hope 
you have saved a musou token.  Also, Zhang Jiao’s C4 is really good for 
beating Lu Bu, as it tends to hit him in the side and get around his block 
and send him flying for fire damage.  If you manage to beat Lu Bu, the book 
is all yours and the stage is completed.


---------
Pang Tong
---------

You start off at the southwest corner of the map.  Defeat all your soldiers 
in your area and then move north.  At this time, Master Lao will send a 
phantom soldier to stalk you.  Since you can’t beat him, do your best to 
ignore and avoid him and move on.  Clear out the western section and then 
move north again.  You will run into a wind part of the map.  This should be 
easy to past if you are equipped with a horse.  If not, do your best to dodge 
arrows and just keep moving forward.  Eventually, when you get north enough, 
you will stop the wind.  You will face off with some stone warriors, but Pang 
Tong’s musou is really good in taking them out.  Take out the rest of the 
enemies in your territory and then move to the western castle gate.  There, 
you will face off against a phantom Master Lao and two Lieutenants.  Defeat 
them and the western gate will open.  Now, inside the castle, you will get to 
walk around in poison mist as you fight elephants, bombers, archers, and 
stone warriors.  Keep an eye on your health as you move through these areas.  
There is an All Recover near each gate, so keep that in mind.  Master Lao 
will summon Sun Jian, Cao Cao, and Liu Bei.  Also, you get another ghost 
soldier following you around.  Defeat them all to open the next gates.  If 
you run into Zhang Jiao or Zuo Ci, you will get a cut scene.  Once inside the 
next gate, you will face off with sorcerers, steam geysers, and more enemy 
generals.  This time, it’s Zhang Jiao and Zuo Ci.  Defeat them in a hurry, 
because after some time passes, you will get to fight two Pang Tongs.  Around 
this time, Master Lao will create a rockslide to hamper your progress.  Once 
you have killed off your body doubles, you will enter the center area of the 
castle.  This will kill off your two stalker ghosts.  Inside, you will see 
three whirlwind columns.  Avoid these, as they can take off a good chunk of 
health.  Also, your final test is in here.  As a reward for making it this 
far, you will face off against a powerful Lu Bu phantom.  Defeat Lu Bu and 
the book is all yours.


------
Zuo Ci
------

You start off in the southeast corner of the map.  You will need to defeat 
all the enemies in that corner.  Once you have, go north to the eastern 
section of the map.  You will be introduced to armor troops, but they can be 
taken as normal soldiers.  While you’re fighting the enemies in this section 
of the map, a phantom soldier will come out and play.  You can’t kill it, so 
just avoid it as much as possible.  Keep making your way north.  You will 
eventually hit a wind tunnel.  If you have a horse, it should be easy to get 
past this section.  If you don’t, it will take longer, but it’s still 
decently easy.  Once you make it north far enough, the wind will stop.  
Master Lao will summon a phantom Master Lao back in the southern section.  Go 
back and defeat the phantom and Master Lao’s impression of you will go up.  
Now, you can get to the castle gate.  Once you get to the gate, a phantom 
Master Lao and two Lieutenants will appear.  Defeat them to get the gate to 
open.  Inside the gate, there are poison swamp mist, along with elephants, 
stone warriors, bombers, archers, and another phantom soldier to follow you.  
If your health gets low, there is an All Recover near each gate.  Master Lao 
will summon Liu Bei, Cao Cao, and Sun Jian as the guardians of this section 
of the castle.  Also, Pang Tong and Zhang Jiao might be in the area.  If you 
get near them, you will trigger a cut scene.  Defeat the three generals to 
move onto the next section.  Once there, there will be steam geysers all 
around you to try to stop your advance.  You will now face off with a phantom 
Zhang Jiao and a phantom Pang Tong.  Defeat them quickly, as Master Lao has 
two more tricks up his sleeves and he’s not about to wait to use them.  He 
will throw a rockslide at you and two Zuo Ci’s for you to deal with, so 
defeat the first two phantoms and quickly as possible.  Once all four 
generals are dead, the center gate will open.  Enter the gate and your two 
ghost stalkers will disappear.  Inside, you will see three whirlwind columns 
and Master Lao.  Go next to Master Lao and you will face off with your final 
trial, a phantom and overpowered Lu Bu.  Defeat him while avoiding the 
whirlwinds to complete the stage.


                #######
---------------------#-------------------------------------------------------
  DW5:XL            #
  FAQ/Walkthrough  #  4b. Rescue at Lou Sang Village
  5XLLMLSV        #
-----------------#-----------------------------------------------------------
                #######


The village of Lou Sang is being attacked by the Yellow Turbans.  Even though 
the Yellow Turban army has magic and numbers on their side, they didn’t count 
on three young warriors that were fated to meet...

Dim Sum:  Defeat Zhang Bao

Musou Wine:  Northwest corner of the southeastern village


-------
Guan Yu
------- 

You start off in the southwest.  There, Gao Shang and Bo Zhang should be your 
first targets.  These generals are easy to defeat.  Quickly take them out and 
the villagers in that section will be saved.  Next, go north towards the 
center and Deng Mao.  Zhang Liang will appear, along with phantom soldiers.  
Zhang Bao will also appear, putting up a wind barrier, preventing you from 
reaching him and Zhang Jiao.  Defeat both Deng Mao and Zhang Liang and the 
phantom soldiers will disappear.  Keep going northeast towards Zhang Fei.  
You will see a cut scene involving Guan Yu and Zhang Fei.  Defeat Guan Hai 
and Cheng Yuanzhi that are there and save those villagers.  They should also 
be pretty easy.  Make your way to Liu Bei and the Village Elder.  Defeat 
Zhang Man Cheng and Yan Zheng and meet up with Liu Bei.  This should keep the 
Village Elder safe, so you should not worry about him anymore.  Zhang Bao 
will get upset and charge at you, leaving the safety of his wind barrier.  He 
is powered up, so be careful, but he should still go down quickly.  You 
should now get a cut scene with all three brothers.  Now, head north.  Since 
Zhang Bao has retreated, the wind barrier should be gone.  Once you start 
heading towards Zhang Jiao, he will create a rockslide to try to stop you.  
Get past the rockslide and take out of the gate captain south of Zhang Jiao.  
After that, make your way north and fight the leader of the Yellow Turbans 
himself.  Zhang Jiao will power himself with an attack up, but it should be 
three versus one at this point.  Defeat him to complete the stage and save 
the village.


---------
Zhang Fei
---------

Start off in the northeast and take out Guan Hai and Cheng Yuanzhi.  These 
two should not be that difficult.  Once they have been defeated, make your 
way towards the center.  This should trigger Zhang Bao and Zhang Liang to 
show up.  Zhang Bao will create a wind barrier, preventing you from going 
north.  Zhang Liang will make phantom soldiers appear in the villages, so 
defeat him quickly.  Also, defeat Deng Mao while you’re at the center.  Once 
both of these generals have been defeated, then phantom soldiers should 
disappear.  Continue to make your way southwest towards Guan Yu.  Once you 
get near Guan Yu, a cut scene should happen.  After the cut scene, defeat Gao 
Sheng and Bo Zhang.  Go west towards Liu Bei and the Village Elder.  Take out 
any enemies around the Village Elder first and then defeat Zhang Man Cheng 
and Yan Zheng.  Once all generals have been defeated, Zhang Bao should get 
mad and charge the center of the map.  Go there and meet him.  He should be 
more powerful than the other generals, but you should be able to make him pay 
for leaving his wind barrier.  When Zhang Bao is defeated, the wind barrier 
should disappear, allowing you to make your way north.  When you start 
heading towards Zhang Jiao, he will start to throw rocks at you.  Avoid his 
rockslide and head towards the gate captain south of Zhang Jiao.  Seal that 
gate off and then face off with the pyromaniac.  He should power himself up a 
couple of times, but it shouldn’t be anything you can’t handle.  If the worst 
comes to worst, you can use your allies as a distraction and triple team him.  
Once Zhang Jiao is defeated, the Yellow Turbans will be completely ran out of 
the village.


-------
Liu Bei
-------

You start off near the Village Elder.  Defeat all the enemies around the 
Village Elder and then defeat Zhang Man Cheng and Yan Zheng.  Once they are 
defeated, head towards Guan Yu and defeat Bo Zhang and Gao Sheng.  Once they 
are gone, head towards the center.  Zhang Bao and Zhang Liang will appear, 
bringing with them a wind barrier protecting the northern path and phantom 
soldiers.  Defeat Zhang Liang to make the ghosts disappear.  While you’re 
there, might as well take out Deng Mao also.  Once they are all defeated, 
make your way northeast.  There, you will see Zhang Fei.  Defeat Guan Hai and 
Cheng Yuanzhi and save Zhang Fei and the villagers there.  Once they are all 
defeated, Zhang Bao will become upset and think that he can do something.  He 
will charge out from his wind barrier, leaving him vulnerable to your attack.  
Defeat him and the wind barrier will go away.  There will be a cut scene with 
all three brothers.  Once the cut scene is over, head north.  Zhang Jiao will 
use his magic to cause a rockslide.  Avoid the falling rocks and continue to 
Zhang Jiao.  Defeat the gate captain south of Zhang Jiao and then make your 
way to the teacher himself.  It should be the three brothers against the 
leader of the Way of Peace, so the odds should be in your favor.  Even though 
Zhang Jiao can double his attack, he should still fall very easily.  After 
Zhang Jiao is defeated, you have saved your home village.


                #######
---------------------#-------------------------------------------------------
  DW5:XL            #
  FAQ/Walkthrough  #  4c. Ou Xing’s Rebellion
  5XLLMOXR        #
-----------------#-----------------------------------------------------------
                #######


Ou Xing, a wicked, evil man, is trying to rally his troops and rebel against 
Sun Jian.  Sun Jian and his eldest son, Sun Ce, took to the battlefield in 
order to crush the rebellion.  On the battlefield, they would get help from a 
great warrior, the might Huang Gai.

Dim Sum:  Defeat He Yi

Musou Wine:  At the southwestern village, east of the checkpoint.


--------
Sun Jian
--------

Right as you start on the map, your first mission is to defeat Zhou Chao with 
Huang Gai.  Once Zhou Chao is defeated, Huang Gai joins your army and Ou Xing 
raises the castle gates.  Sun Ce will begin taking out the gates in the east 
while you can take out the generals attacking the villages.  Yellow Turbans 
will appear and attack the villages.  Li Damu should be your first target.  
Defeat him and then make your way to the southwest.  Sha Moke should be 
attacking the western most area.  Defeat him and continue your way south.  
Around this time, Huang Gai should leave the battlefield in order to open the 
castle gates.  Keep defeating generals outside those walls and distract the 
enemy.  Zhang Man Cheng and save the southern village.  One of your soldiers 
should say reinforcements are on their way.  The next target should be Han 
Xian, who is guarding the western gate of the castle.  Once he’s defeated, 
you can start helping your son out.  Along your way there, you should defeat 
Zuozi Zhangba.  Sun Ce should be attempting to attack Yang Feng.  Double team 
Yang Feng to take out the last general on the map, other than Ou Xing (your 
troops or Sun Ce should have already taken out Guo Shi, if not, defeat him as 
well).  Once both castle gates are taken, Huang Gai should open the gates 
from the inside.  This will cause the reinforcements to retreat and never 
show up on the battlefield.  Once you get inside, you’ll notice Ou Xing has 
locked himself inside his inner keep.  Defeat all the enemies around the keep 
and wait for the gates to open.  Once they have opened, Ou Xing is no where 
to be found.  He will appear at random outside the castle and begin to make a 
mad dash for an exit.  Once he appears, run or ride your horse to him 
quickly.  Prevent his retreat and end his reign of terror to complete the 
stage.

If you take too long in defeating Han Xian and Yang Feng, He Yi will arrive 
with reinforcements, causing you to have to defeat all generals outside the 
castle walls before the castle gates open.


---------
Huang Gai
---------

You start off on the lower passageway.  You will need to take out the guards 
with your bow and arrow from a long distance.  Try to snipe them when they 
come around corners to avoid being detected.  After you’ve killed the three 
guards, you can head towards the castle and defeat the gate captains at both 
gates.  Once you have done this, the castle gates will open and you will get 
a cut scene.  After this, it’s time to help out Sun Jian and Sun Ce.  I went 
and defeated all the enemies on the right side of the map first, defeating 
Yang Feng, Guo Shi, and Zuozi Zhangba.  After this, I helped out Sun Jian by 
defeating whoever is left on his side of the map, which normally is Zhou 
Chao, Han Xian, and Zhang Man Cheng.  If you get close to Sun Jian, Sun Jian 
will invite Huang Gai into his army and Huang Gai will accept, raising 
everyone’s morale.  Once Sun Ce or Sun Jian get inside Chang Sha castle, the 
castle keep gates will open and Ou Xing will be no where in sight.  This will 
cause the reinforcements lead by He Yi to retreat and never show up to the 
fight.  Ou Xing should appear and try to escape.  Chase him down and defeat 
him.

If you get detected on the passageway before you get to Chang Sha castle, you 
will get ambushed and the path to Chang Sha castle will be blocked.  You will 
need to defeat every general outside of the castle gates, including the 
reinforcement generals of He Yi and Pei Yuan Shao.  After all of Ou Xing’s 
generals have been defeated, the castle gates will open.  He will still 
disappear and still try to escape.


------
Sun Ce
------

As soon as you start the map, run towards Zhou Chao and defeat him.  This 
will cause a cut scene where Huang Gai joins your forces.  Ou Xing will then 
raise the castle gates.  Your first goal will be to defeat all the generals 
on the eastern side of the map.  There are really only three officers to 
defeat:  Huang Long, Guo Shi, and Yang Feng.  Once they are all defeated and 
the rear gate is taken, you can assist Sun Jian in rescuing the villages and 
taking the front gate.  Huang Gai, at this time, should have already 
disappeared from the map to go and open the castle gates from the inside.  
Zuozi Zhangba should attempt to charge at your army, but show him how fatal 
that mistake is by defeating him.  After this, you should defeat Sha Moke and 
Zhang Man Cheng to save the villages and then defeat Han Xian to take the 
front gate.  There will be a cut scene where Huang Gai opens the gates.  
Charge inside the castle and you will see that Ou Xing is hiding inside the 
castle.  Once the inner castle gates open, Ou Xing will be no where to be 
found.  He will appear outside the castle and attempt to retreat.  Chase him 
down and defeat Ou Xing, bringing peace to the land of Chang Sha.

If you do not clear the castle gates fast enough, He Yi will arrive with 
reinforcements.  You will need to defeat all the enemy generals outside the 
castle in order to open the castle gates, but since they are Yellow Turbans, 
they are all easy to defeat anyways.


                #######
---------------------#-------------------------------------------------------
  DW5:XL            #
  FAQ/Walkthrough  #  4d. The Ten Eunuchs’ Rebellion
  5XLLMTER        #
-----------------#-----------------------------------------------------------
                #######


The ten eunuchs were political leaders who tried to use the emperor for their 
own gain.  They would rise up against He Jin, the main leader of the Han 
forces against the Yellow Turban Rebellion, and try to run off with the 
emperor.  Their plot to escape, however, would be foiled by Dong Zhuo and 
Yuan Shao.

For this walkthrough, I have done one walkthrough for both generals, since 
they are both the same walkthrough.

Dim Sum:  Defeat Duan Gui

Musou Wine:  East of the north gate


-----------------------
Dong Zhuo and Yuan Shao
-----------------------

First, defeat Cheng Kuang.  By the time Cheng Kuang is defeated, Dong Zhuo 
has plotted He Jin’s murder and He Jin should be severely wounded.  He will 
not last long, as the eunuchs will slay him.  Now, go after Xia Yun next.  By 
this time, you should draw a pretty nice big crowd of generals who are not as 
interested in defeating He Jin.  There are 4 other eunuchs that should be in 
this area also:  Feng Xu, Guo Sheng, Jian Shou, Zhao Zhong.  Defeat as many 
of them as possible.  Don’t worry about Cao Jie, Duan Gui, and Hou Lan, as 
they do not drop any power ups.  He Jin should be dead by now and eunuchs 
should be running away.  Three of the eunuchs will leave the stage, the rest 
will just run around the stage like chickens with their heads cut off.  By 
the time the Emperor’s carriage shows up, they should all just fall and die.  
After the Emperor’s carriage appears, Cao Cao, Sun Jian, and Liu Bei will 
also arrive.  After they have arrived, rouges will appear at the south gate 
near the Emperor’s carriage.  Defeat these rouges, as they will go after the 
carriage.  If the carriage is destroyed, you will lose the level.  Also, 
defeating these rouges will make the Emperor like you more.  Now, three 
remaining eunuchs should make their appearance back on the stage.  These are 
the three who escaped before, which are Cao Jie, Duan Gui, and Hou Lan.  Go 
after these three eunuchs.  They are stronger then the other eunuchs, but 
every other ally generals are too, so they do die pretty quickly, especially 
if you are not around them.  At regular intervals, rouges will appear south 
of the Emperor’s carriage.  Drop whatever you are doing to defeat these 
annoyances.  Once the remaining eunuchs are defeated, the leader of the 
eunuchs, Zhang Rang, will arrive and try to escape with the carriage.  He 
will also stop the rouges from appearing.  Defeat him quickly to end the 
stage.



                #######
---------------------#-------------------------------------------------------
  DW5:XL            #
  FAQ/Walkthrough  #  4e. Battle of Yan Province
  5XLLMBYP        #
-----------------#-----------------------------------------------------------
                #######


Lu Bu has slain Dong Zhuo and is now on the run, looking for a place to call 
home.  Here, he stumbles upon Pu Yang Castle, which is currently ruled by Cao 
Cao.  Cao Cao is currently away, which allows Lu Bu to seize the opportunity.  
Along with his lover Diao Chan and his loyal follower Zhang Liao, Lu Bu 
decides that this will be where he makes his own kingdom.

Dim Sum:  Defeat Cao Hong

Musou Wine:  Inside Pu Yang Castle near the western checkpoint

---------
Diao Chan
---------

You start off north of an attack base.  Xun Yu should close the gates to his 
castle and wait for Cao Cao to arrive.  Start off by defeating the guard 
captain of the attack base and continue your way south.  Chen Gong will 
shortly agree to defect and open the gates of the castle.  In the meantime, 
defeat Zhu Ling and take the next attack base.  Your new goal will be to 
surround the castle, which will allow Chen Gong to open the castle gates.  
You will succeed in surrounding the castle by defeating Man Chong, Li Dian, 
and Yue Jin.  Also, your allied forces will need to be near those the gates 
those three guards are protecting.  First, defeat Man Chong.  This will cause 
the north gate to be surrounded.  Also, Cao Hong should appear behind Lu Bu.  
Ignore this ambush for now and head towards Yue Jin and the east gate.  
Defeat him quickly and move towards Lu Bu.  You will want to defeat Cao Hong 
and his two sub generals, Xiahou En and Cao Xiu, before moving on to the last 
gate.  Xun Yu should have ambushed Zhang Liao, but don’t worry about that for 
now.  Move on to the gate that Li Dian is protecting.  Defeat Li Dian and 
then start defeating enemies around that gate.  This should allow Lu Bu’s 
forces to surround the west gate.  For good measure, you might want to close 
off the checkpoint near that gate.  Once all three gates are surrounded, Chen 
Gong will open all the gates and let you in.  He will also defect to your 
side.  Xun Yu isn’t too happy that the castle is breached.  He gets powered 
up and all electrified, but he’s still not that hard to beat.  Defeat Xun Yu 
and Pu Yang Castle is yours.


-----
Lu Bu
-----

When the battle starts, Xun Yu shuts all gates to Pu Yang Castle.  Also, Chen 
Gong will quickly agree to open the gates for you, provided that you surround 
the castle.  Therefore, your main goal should be to surround the castle.  
Start by taking out the two attack bases south of your starting position and 
defeating Zhu Ling.  When you get too far south, Xun Yu will call an ambush 
north of your position.  Quickly dispose of Cao Hong and his two sub generals 
and continue on your path to taking out the castle.  The castle gates are 
guarded by three generals.  The first general you should defeat is Li Dian.  
After he is defeated, the second general that should fall is Man Chong.  
Finally, Yue Jin should be your last target.  Once all three generals have 
been defeated, start defeating any enemy soldiers near the castle.  This will 
speed up the surrounding procedure.  Taking the checkpoints near the gates 
will also help the procedure.  Zhang Liao will soon get ambushed by Xun Yu, 
but he should be able to handle himself.  If you have time, you can go save 
him, but he is not vital to the mission.  Once all three gates are 
surrounded, Chen Gong will surrender to your forces and open all the gates.  
This will piss off Xun Yu to no end and super charge him, but he is still 
easy to defeat.  Defeat Xun Yu to complete the stage.


----------
Zhang Liao
----------

You start off on the western path.  Your first goal should be to take out the 
two attack bases along that path.  Xun Yu will close the castle gates, but 
Chen Gong will agree to open the castle gates when you have the castle 
surrounded.  Make your way towards the castle, taking out the attack bases 
and Yu Jin.  Xun Yu should eventually collapse the bridge behind you and 
ambush your forces, but you should be long past that point by the time that 
happens.  You don’t need the bridge anyways.  Continue your way towards Li 
Dian.  Defeat him and then move onto the next gate, which is guarded by Man 
Chong.  Your next goal should be Yue Jin.  This will defeat all three guards 
of the gates.  How, all you have to do is get your troops towards the gates.  
Helping Lu Bu defeat enemies and moving him towards the castle will allow the 
castle to get surrounded faster.  Also, when the ambush behind Lu Bu arrives, 
defeat them to get rid of that annoyance.  Once all three gates have been 
surrounded, the only thing left is to take out Xun Yu, who is powered up, but 
easy to defeat.


                #######
---------------------#-------------------------------------------------------
  DW5:XL            #
  FAQ/Walkthrough  #  4f. Imperial Rescue
  5XLLMIMP        #
-----------------#-----------------------------------------------------------
                #######


After Dong Zhuo was murdered, Li Jue and Guo Si looked to take over Dong 
Zhuo’s place and continue his reign of tyranny.  Their plan was to take the 
emperor and claim his power for themselves.  A man by the name of Cao Cao and 
his loyal generals took to the field to stop this heinous plot.

For this walkthrough, I have combined Xiahou Dun and Xu Zhu in one 
walkthrough and Dian Wei and Cao Cao in a separate walkthrough, since they 
follow similar paths.

Dim Sum:  Defeat Guo Si

Musou Wine:  Middle of the western most pathway, south of the area surrounded
   by a wooden fence (the fenced in area is marked with a square on the map)


---------------------
Xiahou Dun and Xu Zhu
---------------------

Li Jue is trying to escape with the emperor’s carriage.  You are first told 
to cut off Li Jue’s retreat path.  You can do this by heading towards Guo Si 
and defeating him and his sub general, Wang Fang.  Once Guo Si has been 
defeated, it’s time to move towards the carriage.  By now, it should be on 
the path going towards the boats.  Defeat Li Jue, who is defending the 
emperor’s carriage.  Li Jue has a lot of life, but falls pretty easily.  Once 
you have defeated Li Jue, the emperor now belongs the Cao Cao.  You probably 
want to get rid of any remnant forces of Li Jue’s that are around the 
emperor’s carriage, as they will immediately attack it once the emperor falls 
into Cao Cao’s hands.  Now, the next mission is to keep the emperor’s 
carriage safe.  You should get praised by your allies, which will raise 
morale a good bit.  Now, your next foe should arrive near where Guo Si died.  
That is Zhang Ji with his two sub generals, Zhang Xiu and Jia Xu.  They 
should arrive at around the 3 minute 30 second mark.  Whenever an enemy unit 
gets near the carriage, the carriage will stop, so make sure to defeat any 
enemies that get near the emperor.  You can also ride out and start defeating 
Zhang Ji and his sub generals to give the emperor a clear path.  Zhang Ji 
should fall pretty easily.  After he is defeated, just clean up the mess he 
made by defeating any remnant forces.  When the time hits around 6 minutes, 
Lu Bu will arrive with his sub generals:  Chen Gong, Gao Shun, and Zhang 
Liao.  They are all on the western path.  Quickly run through them as fast as 
possible.  Lu Bu’s sub generals should not be that hard, but Lu Bu can be a 
problem, as he powers himself up quite a bit.  Cao Cao will quickly change 
his strategy and orders his troops to charge at Lu Bu, but you should already 
have a head start on this.  Once Lu Bu is defeated, go and start taking care 
of any enemy soldiers that are in front of the emperor’s carriage.  Once the 
carriage gets into the southwestern area of the map, Yuan Shao will arrive 
and claim the emperor for himself (it’s like the emperor was an object back 
in those days).  He shows up at around 12 minutes and will bring three sub 
generals himself:  Tian Feng, Yan Liang, and Zhang He.  You can chase after 
him if you want, but the carriage might already make it safely to Luo Yang.  
Still, it’s best to just go and try to prevent him from doing any damage, but 
normally, Yuan Shao appears too late to do much of anything.  The stage ends 
when the emperor reaches the southwestern area of the map.


--------------------
Dian Wei and Cao Cao
--------------------

First, head up the eastern path and take out Hu Che Er.  Keep going north 
until you reach Li Jue.  Unfortunately, Li Meng and Zhao Cen will probably 
get in your way, so defeat them if they do.  When you reach Li Jue, defeat 
him.  He has a lot of life, but he has no defense.  Once you have claimed the 
emperor, defeat any of Li Jue’s forces that might be around the emperor.  
Also, you should receive praise from your allies, which raises morale.  By 
this time, Zhang Ji should have arrived on the stage.  Both Guo Si and Zhang 
Ji will begin to try to take back the emperor.  Defeat both of these 
generals.  If you want, you can defeat their sub generals too.  Both Guo Si 
and Zhang Ji should be easy to defeat.  Lu Bu should arrive on the stage at 
around 6 minutes.  He will bring three sub generals:  Chen Gong, Gao Shun, 
and Zhang Liao.  They will occupy most of the western path.  This will cause 
Cao Cao to change the direction of the path and head towards the center.  He 
will also commence a full out attack on Lu Bu, but you should already be 
doing this.  Make your way down the western path, defeating Lu Bu’s sub 
generals.  Once you get to Lu Bu, the battle should get more difficult, as Lu 
Bu powers himself up with double attack and the like.  However, if you have a 
musou rage token at hand, it will help out a lot.  Defeat Lu Bu and then 
start taking out most of Lu Bu’s soldiers.  The last general to show up on 
the stage should be Yuan Shao.  He will show up at 12 minutes.  By this time, 
the emperor should already be very close to Luo Yang, so Yuan Shao should not 
do that much damage.  Still, he brings three sub generals of his own:  Tian 
Feng, Yan Liang, and Zhang He.  Also, he can power himself up just like Lu 
Bu.  He may cause some problems, but he shouldn’t cause too many.  When the 
emperor’s carriage reaches the southwestern part of the map, the stage is 
completed.


                #######
---------------------#-------------------------------------------------------
  DW5:XL            #
  FAQ/Walkthrough  #  4g. The Two Qiaos
  5XLLMTTQ        #
-----------------#-----------------------------------------------------------
                #######


Two great heroes of Wu, Sun Ce and Zhou Yu, went to Jiang Dong in order to 
marry the Two Qiaos, known as the Flowers of Jiang Dong and considered to be 
the most beautiful women in China at the time.  However, the two Qiaos, on 
orders from their late father, set up a test for the two heroes.  If the two 
best friends were to marry the two Qiaos, they would need to not only prove 
their skill, but prove their love as well.

Dim Sum:  Defeat Zuo Ci

Musou Wine:  In the center of the southeastern area (where Zhou Yu’s tiger
   trial occurs)


-------
Zhou Yu
-------

You start off by going east.  You can choose to fight the soldiers in the 
area if you would like, but you don’t have to.  When you pass the first gate, 
it closes behind you and you are faced with your first trial.  Do not quickly 
rush into the middle of the field, as the first trial is to sneak past the 
tigers that are scattered about the field.  The fastest, easiest, and best 
way I’ve found requires the Red Hare Saddle.  First, follow the northern edge 
until you hit the north gate in the area.  After that, quickly go southeast 
towards the house on the other side of the gate.  Stay at the back end of the 
north side of the house until you see the tiger in front of you start to run 
away.  Then, go straight south until you reach the wall.  Then, follow that 
wall until you reach the eastern gate.  Wait for the tiger in front of you to 
start moving away from the eastern edge of the wall.  As soon as he moves, 
make your move and just follow the eastern wall and you should be clear of 
the tigers.  It does take patience and luck, as the tigers have a very huge 
radius of detection, but this method has worked for me more than once.  If 
you get caught by the tigers, you will have to face Han Dang and his two sub 
generals, Zhu Zhi and Cheng Pu.  They are all electrified and overpowered.  
Once you have passed the tiger area, head north towards the next gate.  Here, 
you will be challenged by Huang Gai.  He is not that hard to beat, so defeat 
him quickly and move on.  Pass through the gate and head towards the 
northeast corner of the map.  You should face Zhou Tai next.  Zhou Tai is 
more powerful than Huang Gai and does have a lot of defense, so be careful.  
Defeat Zhou Tai and then move to the northeast corner of the map.  Here, you 
will face Zuo Ci.  Zuo Ci is also very powerful and has a lot of health and 
defense.  Defeat him and the two Qiaos will appear southwest of your 
position, in the area you defeated Zhou Tai.  Now, in order to prove your 
love, you must defeat Da Qiao and Xiao Qiao.  They are both overpowered and 
both power themselves up after they lose some health.  Da Qiao will double 
her defense and Xiao Qiao will double her attack.  When they are almost dead, 
they will go into musou rage mode, making them even more deadly.  By the time 
you are facing the two Qiaos, Sun Ce will join you in fighting them.  Watch 
out for when one of the two Qiaos goes into musou rage mode, as when they are 
in that mode, they can quickly kill Sun Ce.  Either way, your first priority 
should be to protect Sun Ce.  Once you have defeated the two Qiaos, the stage 
is completed.  Let the wedding banquet begin.


------
Sun Ce
------

You start off in the southwest part of the map and are told to head north.  
You can fight the enemies in this area if you would like, but you don’t have 
to.  Once you passed the north gate, the gate behind you will shut and tigers 
and Beastmasters will appear.  Your first goal is to defeat all the 
Beastmasters, which isn’t too hard.  The tigers shouldn’t pose any problems.  
Once all the Beastmasters are defeated, Taishi Ci will show up as your next 
challenge.  He is powered up, but still easy compared to the other generals 
on the stage.  Once Taishi Ci is defeated, the next gate will open and allow 
you to reach the center most part of the map.  Here, you will face off with 
Zhou Tai.  Zhou Tai is also powered up with lots of health and defense, so 
defeating him will be harder.  Once he falls, head northeast.  Here, you will 
face off with Zuo Ci.  Zuo Ci is pretty powerful and has a strong and long 
reaching move set, so be careful.  Once Zuo Ci is defeated, Da Qiao and Xiao 
Qiao will appear back at the center of the map.  Head towards them and you 
will get a cut scene where they offer a fight with you and Zhou Yu.  By this 
time, Zhou Yu should be near or at where you are at.  Da Qiao and Xiao Qiao 
are hard to defeat, as they power themselves up.  Da Qiao will double her 
defense while Xiao Qiao will double her attack when they are injured a little 
bit.  When they are almost defeated, they will go into musou rage mode.  
While in musou rage mode, they can kill off Zhou Yu, which will cause you to 
lose, so make sure you keep any sister that is in musou rage off of Zhou Yu.  
Once they are both defeated, you win the two Qiaos’ hearts and the stage.


                #######
---------------------#-------------------------------------------------------
  DW5:XL            #
  FAQ/Walkthrough  #  4h. Husbands and Wives
  5XLLMHAW        #
-----------------#-----------------------------------------------------------
                #######


A good man always has a good woman behind him, as the old saying goes.  Four 
women take to the battlefield with their husbands in a battle for the 
Imperial Seal.  Zuo Ci will give the Imperial Seal will go to the strongest 
couple.  However, the couple must make it through three trials that will test 
their strength and their bond.

For this walkthrough, I have combined Da Qiao and Xiao Qiao in one 
walkthrough and Yue Ying and Zhen Ji in a separate walkthrough, as they 
follow roughly the same paths.

Dim Sum:  Defeat the real Zuo Ci

Musou Wine:  Southwestern corner of the map.


--------------------
Zhen Ji and Yue Ying
--------------------

On this map, you must stay close to your husband.  You can only pass through 
the trials if you are together with him, so lead your husband, but stay close 
by.  Also, every 50 kills will power up your husband, turning him from a weak 
general to a ferocious killer.  If you are Zhen Ji, you start off in the 
northwest corner of the map.  If you are Yue Ying, you start off in the 
northeast corner of the map.  Either way, your first objective should be to 
enter the north castle.  Zuo Ci will immediately send troops to attack you.  
Defeat them and guide your spouse to the north castle.  There, you will face 
off against the first challenge, which is a phantom of Zuo Ci.  In this 
castle, you should also get close to the other couple in the castle with you.  
A cut scene should happen of a fight between the two ladies.  You will need 
to defeat each couple at least once in order to win the seal.  If you 
complete all three trials before getting the seal, the couples you don’t 
fight will not acknowledge your victory and try to attack you for the seal.  
They also become stronger at the end then they are right now, so take them 
out now when they get in your path.  Also, when you defeat a husband, the 
wife will go into musou rage.  If you defeat the wife, the husband will pull 
back.  It will still go down as a victory for you.  The couples will return 
once you have defeated them, but you only need to defeat them once.  Once you 
have defeated the other couple, leave the castle.  Sometimes it’s hard to get 
your husband out of the maze like insides of the castle, but just lead him 
out.  He will go to the spot that you are in, so sometimes you just have to 
move slowly and be patient.  You can pick either castle you want, but I 
normally go to the eastern castle next.  Along your way to the next castle, 
try to get into a fight with Da Qiao.  Defeat her and move on to the next 
castle.  There, you will face off with two clones of your husband.  Defeat 
them to complete the second trial.  Zuo Ci should now ambush you, but it 
should be easy to defeat.  Now, go towards the next castle.  Defeat Xiao Qiao 
on your way there.  That should be the end of all three of the other couples.  
Now, move on to the last castle.  Your final trial will be a match against 
the real Zuo Ci.  He is more powerful than the Zuo Ci phantom, but your 
husband should be able to help you out in this fight.  Once Zuo Ci is 
defeated, he will declare your couple the strongest.  If you have defeated 
all the other couples, they will acknowledge your victory and the Imperial 
Seal is yours.  If you have not defeated all three couples, the couples you 
have not defeated will chase after you and try to defeat you.  You will need 
to defeat the other couples before you get the Imperial Seal and the victory.


---------------------
Da Qiao and Xiao Qiao
---------------------

You must stay pretty close to your husband on this map.  Zuo Ci will not let 
you start a trial without your partner.  Also, if you get 50 kills, it will 
power up your weak husband, making them stronger and actually able to kill 
soldiers.  You start off near your sister and her spouse.  Move north towards 
the eastern castle.  Zuo Ci will ambush you with soldiers.  When you get near 
your sister, you will hear some playful banter, but nothing serious.  Yet.  
Once you make it to the eastern castle, you will start your first test, which 
are phantoms of Zuo Ci.  There will be three of them that appear.  Defeat all 
four of them and you will pass the first trial, along with your sister.  
Unfortunately, the good will doesn’t last forever, as Da Qiao and Xiao Qiao 
will get into a fight over who’s husband is the best.  It looks like Sun Ce 
and Zhou Yu are going to be dragged into a fight whether they like it or not.  
Either way, defeat the other couple.  Once your sister and brother-in-law are 
defeated, move towards the north castle.  This would be a good time to defeat 
the other two couples.  If you do not defeat each couple at least once, at 
the end, they will not acknowledge you being better then they are and will 
challenge you for the seal.  They are stronger in the end than they are right 
now, so it’s best to take out all couples right now.  If you defeat a 
husband, the wife will go into musou rage mode and you will still need to 
defeat the wife.  If you defeat a wife, the husband and wife will both 
retreat.  Both ways will give you a victory over the other couple.  When you 
enter the northern castle, you will face off with the second trial, which is 
two phantoms of your husband.  Defeat the two phantoms to pass the trial.  
Now, head south towards the western castle.  There should be an ambush by Zuo 
Ci to try to catch you off guard, but the soldiers are easy to defeat.  Once 
you reach the western castle, it is here where you will face the final trial, 
which is a duel with the real Zuo Ci.  He is more powerful than the phantom 
Zuo Cis, but you and your husband should be strong enough to defeat him 
pretty quickly.  If you have defeated the three other couples on the map at 
least once, you will gain the Imperial Seal and complete the stage.  If not, 
you will need to defeat any couple you have not defeated in order to claim 
the Imperial Seal and the victory.


                #######
---------------------#-------------------------------------------------------
  DW5:XL            #
  FAQ/Walkthrough  #  4i. Battle of Ji Castle
  5XLLMBJC        #
-----------------#-----------------------------------------------------------
                #######


Cao Cao is attempting to invade Liang.  Ma Chao, thirsty for vengeance, is 
out to not only drive out Cao Cao, but take his head as well.  Pang De, a 
great warrior from Liang and a loyal general under Ma Chao, is willing to 
help him out.  However, there has to be something more to life than 
vengeance...

Dim Sum:  Defeat Xiahou Yuan

Musou Wine:  West of the northeastern checkpoint


-------
Ma Chao
-------

Your objective is to defeat all officers of Cao Cao.  When the stage starts, 
head over towards Du Xi and defeat him.  Since he is the general that is the 
most out of the way, he should die while you are in the area.  Now, head 
towards Jiang Xu and defeat him.  Liang Kuan should be next.  He is 
overpowered and electrified, but he’s no match for Ma Chao on a horse.  Hell, 
he’s no match for Ma Chao on the ground.  Defeat him and make your way 
towards Ji Castle.  Zhao Ang is there waiting for you.  He is also 
overpowered and electrified.  Around this time, Zhang He should arrive for 
the dance, but he will need to wait his turn.  Defeat Zhao Ang and move on 
towards the castle.  Once inside, Zhang He should be there waiting for you, 
along with Yin Feng.  Yin Feng should fall quickly, but Zhang He is the third 
overpowered, electrified general you will face.  Defeat the two generals and 
make your way towards Wei Kang.  Wei Kang sets up an ambush inside the 
castle, but the soldiers are easy to defeat.  Make your way towards Wei Kang, 
who is also overpowered and electrified.  Defeat Wei Kang and take Ji Castle.  
However, this is not enough for the vengeful Ma Chao.  Xiahou Yuan should be 
near the castle, so run him through.  Of course, like every other general on 
the map, he’s electrified also.  If he is not the last general on the map, 
hunt down any generals that may still be alive (Zhu Ling should be the only 
one that should be even close to alive, unless Pang De was really slacking 
off) and Cao Cao’s forces will be completely driven out of the area.


-------
Pang De
-------

Your objective in this battle at the beginning is to take Ji Castle.  You 
start off on the southern path.  You first objective should be to take out 
the attack base and Yang Fu.  Defeat the enemy general and capture the base.  
Continue following the path.  You will get ambushed by soldiers once you get 
passed the attack base, but they should be easy to clear out.  Your next 
objective should be Zhu Ling and the attack base he is guarding.  Defeat them 
both and continue moving on.  Once you get to the castle, drop in and say hi 
to all the generals inside the castle.  Defeat Yin Feng and then start 
opening the gates.  Now, Zhang He should appear to the right of the castle.  
After Pang De’s witty remark that should leave you nightmares about Pang De 
and Zhang He dancing, defeat Zhang He.  Once Xiahou Yuan arrives, your 
conditions change.  You will need to take Ji Castle AND defeat Xiahou Yuan.  
Simple enough.  Since you’re already there, defeat Wei Kang and take Ji 
Castle.  One objective down, one more to go.  Make your way outside the 
castle through the front gate.  Zhao Ang should be there to greet you.  
Defeat him and head outside.  Liang Kuan should be the next victim.  Once he 
is defeated, head west.  There, Ma Chao should be fighting with Du Xi and 
Xiahou Yuan.  Xiahou Yuan will try to convince Pang De to switch sides, but 
Pang De will have none of it.  Defeat Du Xi and Xiahou Yuan and the stage is 
completed.


                #######
---------------------#-------------------------------------------------------
  DW5:XL            #
  FAQ/Walkthrough  #  4j. Battle of Jia Meng Gate
  5XLLMJMG        #
-----------------#-----------------------------------------------------------
                #######

In order to fulfill Zhuge Liang’s plan of the Three Kingdoms, Liu Bei must 
take over the lands of his kinsman, Liu Zhang.  Liu Zhang, upon hearing that 
Liu Bei intends to take his lands, request the aid of the mystic Zhang Lu.  
Among the generals Zhang Lu controls, there is a faction of Xiang warriors, 
lead by the splendid Ma Chao.

Dim Sum:  Defeat Yang Bo

Musou Wine:  Before the first bend of the path leading out of the northeast
   gate of the castle, near Zhang Fei’s starting point


---------
Zhang Fei
---------

At the beginning, Zhuge Liang’s plan is to attack Zhang Lu on three sides.  
You start off on the middle path.  Ma Chao charges out at you right from the 
beginning.  You will get a cut scene where Ma Chao jumps off of his horse, 
onto Zhang Fei’s spear, and then back onto his horse.  Also, you should get 
another cut scene where Zhang Wei tosses boulders onto Wei Yan.  Zhuge Liang 
will devise a plan to get Ma Chao to join your forces.  You will need to 
defeat Ma Chao.  Once you have injured Ma Chao a little, he will heal himself 
and then double his defense, making him that much harder to defeat.  Once you 
have defeated him, he will run off in shame.  Now, go towards the 
southeastern part of the map.  You will want to cut off both enemy 
checkpoints there quickly to prevent reinforcements.  While you are there, 
defeat Ma Dai and the attack base.  This will cause Zhang Lu’s faith in Ma 
Chao to decrease even more.  Now, go back to Ma Chao and defeat him again.  
He will do that annoying heal and double defense thing again, but since 
you’ve already defeated him once, you should be able to do it again.  
Defeating Ma Chao will cause him to surrender and join Liu Bei’s forces.  Now 
it’s time to focus on defeating the all the Yangs.  The first Yang you should 
defeat is Yang Ang.  The next one to fall should be Yang Song.  Finally, 
defeat Yang Ren.  By this time Lei Tong should bring reinforcements, but it 
should be too late for Zhang Lu to recover in this battle.  You can either 
put an end to Zhang Lu’s misery right now, or you can defeat the other 
generals that are still on the map.  Zhang Wei will probably be alive at this 
point in time, so you can go after him if you would like.  Either way, after 
you are done having fun defeating soldiers and generals, finish off Zhang Lu 
and complete the stage.


-----------
Zhuge Liang
-----------

The plan at the start is to attack Zhang Lu on three sides.  Your side is the 
eastern side.  Head towards the enemy attack base and then take the base.  
Your next goal should be to defeat Ma Dai.  Once Ma Dai is defeated, 
reinforcements will attempt to arrive from the two southeastern checkpoints.  
Close both checkpoints and prevent any reinforcements.  By this time, Zhang 
Wei should be throwing rocks at Wei Yan.  Zhang Lu should scold Ma Chao a 
couple of times and lose faith in him.  Perhaps Zhuge Liang is planning 
something in regards to Ma Chao...  Head over to Ma Chao, who should be 
beating up on Zhang Fei, and weaken him.  Once he is weaken, he will double 
his defense and heal himself.  Zhuge Liang will start to plot Ma Chao’s 
defection.  Defeat Ma Chao and weaken the bond between him and Zhang Lu.  Ma 
Chao will appear again at the center of the map.  Defeat him once again and 
Ma Chao will lose faith in his fighting ability, only to be asked to join Liu 
Bei’s forces by Zhuge Liang.  Once Ma Chao joins you, both armies will start 
to charge at each other.  You should first take out the center defense base 
and then defeat Yang Ang.  The next Yang you should take out is Yang Song.  
Finally, take out Yang Ren and the Yang trio should be gone.  Lei Tong should 
have arrived as reinforcements for Zhang Lu.  You can head towards Zhang Lu 
now and defeat him or you can defeat any other generals that may be on the 
map (such as Zhang Wei, who Wei Yan probably hasn’t defeated yet) and get 
their power up bonuses.  Either way, when you finally decide to take out 
Zhang Lu, make your way northeast to where he is at and defeat him to end the 
mission.


-------
Wei Yan
-------

I should do this entire walkthrough in Wei Yan speak!  Or...maybe not.  You 
start off by following Zhuge Liang’s plan to attack Zhang Lu on three sides.  
You start off along the western path.  Follow that path northwards until 
Zhang Wei starts rolling rocks onto you.  Obviously, you aren’t going to let 
that stand, so ignore the rocks and head towards Zhang Wei.  Defeat his sub 
general, Yan Pu, and then make your way towards your target.  Defeat Zhang 
Wei and let him no that no one throws rocks at you and gets away with it.  
Now, it’s time to move onto converting Ma Chao.  Zhuge Liang will tell you to 
cut off the enemy reinforcements from the east.  Head all the way to the 
other side of the map to the southeast and seal off both gates in that area.  
Also, defeat Ma Dai and the attack base that are in the area.  This will 
cause Zhang Lu to lose faith in Ma Chao.  Now, go back to where Ma Chao is 
and defeat him.  Defeating him is not easy, as after he takes some damage, he 
will heal himself and then double his defense.  However, once he is defeated, 
he will retreat and run away and Zhang Lu will scold him for running.  It 
will not take long for him to reappear again.  It’s time to go round two with 
Ma Chao.  He will again pull off his heal and double defense trick, but you 
should be more ready for his tricks this time.  Once he is defeated this 
second time, he will join your forces (although honestly, Wei Yan doesn’t 
seem like he would be the world greatest persuader).  Once you have Ma Chao 
on your side, he will go charge Zhang Lu.  In the meantime, you should focus 
on defeating the Yang triplets.  Start off by defeating Yang Ang.  After he 
is defeated, go after Yang Song.  Finally, since Yang Ren is probably feeling 
lonely on the battlefield, send him to join his brethren by defeating him as 
well.  Lei Tong should arrive to reinforce Zhang Lu, but it should be too 
little too late.  Defeat Lei Tong and then defeat Yang Bo, Zhang Lu’s sub 
general.  Finally, finish off Zhang Lu and victory...is...yours...  Sorry, 
couldn’t resist.


                #######
---------------------#-------------------------------------------------------
  DW5:XL            #
  FAQ/Walkthrough  #  4k. Battle of Yang Ping Gate
  5XLLMJMG        #
-----------------#-----------------------------------------------------------
                #######


Zhang Lu, the leader of the Five Bushel Sect, is currently in control of Han 
Zhong.  Known as a powerful mystic, he is currently standing in the way of 
Cao Cao’s expansion.  Defeat Zhang Lu’s cheap tricks and gimmicks and take 
control of the vital Han Zhong area.

For this walkthrough, Cao Cao and Zhang He will have the same walkthrough as 
they follow the same path.  The other two generals will have their own 
separate walkthroughs.

Dim Sum:  Defeat Pang De

Musou Wine:  East of the two eastern statues on the path to the third level


--------------------
Cao Cao and Zhang He
--------------------

Facing the huge mountain that you are going to have to climb, you start off 
at the center of the lower level.  You need to start advancing upwards.  
First, take the small path that is on the eastern side of the lower level 
(not the path that Xiahou Yuan is on).  Following this path will allow you to 
reach the second level.  Shu reinforcements should arrive, but your generals 
should be able to deal with them for now.  Also, Zhang Lu should create fake 
Wei soldiers to confuse your army.  Defeating Zhang Lu will defeat the fake 
Wei soldiers.  Zhang Lu will disappear right before you get the final hit on 
him and move to his main camp.  You will discover statues on the second 
level.  Breaking the statues will cause the stairs to appear on the first 
level, allowing your army to move upwards.  However, when you destroy a 
statue, move away from it quickly, as it will explode.  Lei Tong should be in 
the area trying to distract you, but defeat him quickly and continue 
destroying statues.  Destroy all the statues to cause the stairs to appear.  
Now, it’s time to clear out the second level of generals.  There should be 
only two generals left, Yang Song and his sub general Yang Bo.  Defeat them 
both and then take the northeastern path to the next level.  Zhao Yun will 
arrive on this path with his sub general, Meng Da.  Defeat them both and 
continue on the path.  You will notice two more statues at the end of the 
path.  Destroy them and the next set of stairs to appear.  Zhang Lu will 
appear next to Zhang Wei and start to pray.  Once their prayer is complete, 
they will convert some of your soldiers to their side, so do give him a 
chance to complete his prayer.  Run over to Zhang Wei and defeat him.  This 
will cause the spell to be broken and Zhang Lu will retreat again.  Now, it’s 
time to clear off this level of generals.  Huang Zhong should be chasing 
after you with his sub general, Yan Yan.  Defeat the two old men and then go 
after Zhang Lu’s sub general, Yang Ren.  He should be close to Yang Ping 
Gate.  Defeat Yang Ren and face off against Pang De.  Pang De is in hyper 
overpowered mode and will go into musou rage when almost dead, so be careful.  
Once Pang De is defeated, Yang Ping Gate will open, allowing you access to 
the annoying Zhang Lu.  Now, what you can do is chase down the rest of the 
generals on the map and defeat them before fighting Zhang Lu or just defeat 
Zhang Lu and end the stage.  The choice is yours.


-----------
Xiahou Yuan
-----------

Cao Cao’s plan is to attack Zhang Lu on three sides.  Your side is the 
eastern side.  Head up the east path.  When you get to Yang Ang, you should 
get ambushed by Shu.  Li Yan will appear with Lei Tong.  Defeat all three 
generals and then continue along the path.  Zhang Lu will summon fake Wei 
troops to attack Cao Cao, but this shouldn’t cause you any problems.  
Continue up the path until you get ambushed by Zhao Yun.  He will bring a sub 
general, Meng Da.  Defeat both Shu generals and continue moving north.  When 
you get near the northeast supply base, Zhang Fei will ambush you with Zhang 
Bao.  Defeat the two of them to prepare the downward assault on Zhang Lu.  
When you start your downward assault, Zhang Lu will retreat to the main camp.  
Now, you have many options here.  You can go around and take out the multiple 
generals still on the board, or you can just defeat Zhang Lu to end the 
stage.  If you would like to get your troops up there to help you out with 
Zhang Lu, head back down to the second level.  Defeat Yang Bo and Yang Song 
and start destroying statues.  This will cause the stairs to rise up and 
allow your forces to take control of the second level.  Make your way up the 
eastern path to the third level and repeat the process, defeating Zhang Wei, 
Yang Ren, Huang Zhong, and Yan Yan on this level.  Destroy statues again and 
make the stairs appear.  Now, you will face off with Pang De, who is in hyper 
overpowered mode.  He will go into musou rage mode when he is almost dead, so 
be careful when fighting him.  When he is defeated, Yang Ping Gate will open.  
Guan Yu should appear behind your forces, so you can either chase him down 
and defeat him or just defeat Zhang Lu and finish the stage.


-------
Cao Ren
-------

You start off on the western path.  Your first mission is to head to the 
summit.  Just follow the path heading up.  Shu reinforcements will arrive as 
soon as you start making your way up the path.  Zhang Yi will appear on your 
side with his sub general Liu Feng.  Defeat Liu Feng and continue to make 
your ascent.  Take out the attack base that is in your way.  The next 
obstacle in your path is Yan Pu.  Defeat him and make your way towards Zhang 
Yi.  Huang Zhong should have appeared by now, but you cannot reach him yet.  
Once you have made your way to Zhang Yi, defeat him.  Now, head east through 
the gate.  Once you have passed through the gate, you will discover strange 
statues on this level.  Break all the statues to uncover the staircases.  
First, you will probably want to clear out the generals on this stage of the 
map.  The first general on this level that you should defeat should be Yang 
Ren.  Defeat him and move on to Zhang Wei.  Zhao Yun should arrive and start 
chasing you down.  He brings his sub general Meng Da with him.  Defeat the 
two of them and then start breaking statues.  They are mostly on the front 
part of the cliff.  When you break a statue, run away, as it will explode and 
it will damage you.  When you cause the first set of stairs to arise, you 
will get a cut scene.  Before you head down the stairs, you might want to 
backtrack and defeat Huang Zhong, who should be accessible now.  Defeat him 
and his sub general, Yan Yan.  Now, head back down to the second level and 
start clearing out the generals that are there.  You should defeat Yang Bo 
and Yang Song first.  If Zhang Lu is still on this level, defeat him as well.  
Destroy statues if they have not already been destroyed and raise the 
staircases.  Guan Yu will appear from behind to attack Cao Cao, so it is best 
to head back down and defeat him and Guan Xing first before launching the 
attack on Yang Ping Gate.  Zhang Fei will also appear, but he appears in the 
northwest away from everyone.  Defeat him and his sub general, Zhang Bao, if 
you would like, or you can just charge Yang Ping gate.  The gate is guarded 
by Pang De, who is in hyper electrified mode.  He will go into musou rage 
when he is almost dead.  Once Pang De is defeated, Yang Ping Gate will open.  
The only thing left to do is defeat Zhang Lu.


                #######
---------------------#-------------------------------------------------------
  DW5:XL            #
  FAQ/Walkthrough  #  4l. Battle of Ru Xu Kou
  5XLLMRXK        #
-----------------#-----------------------------------------------------------
                #######


What would you do after suffering a humiliating defeat?  Would you give up 
and run away or would you continue to battle on?  After the humiliating 
defeat at He Fei, Wu was not about ready to give up.  At Ru Xu Kou, Wu was 
looking for revenge and to regain honor lost at He Fei.

In this walkthrough, I have combined Taishi Ci and Lu Meng in one walkthrough 
and Zhou Tai and Ling Tong in a separate walkthrough, as they follow the same 
path.  Gan Ning has his own walkthrough.

Dim Sum:  Defeat Cao Ren

Musou Wine:  Southeast of the western attack base


---------------------
Taishi Ci and Lu Meng
---------------------

The plan is to support Gan Ning and his surprise attack.  You start off at 
the southern part of the map.  Head over and quickly take over the attack 
base.  Continue to make your way east towards the eastern attack base.  You 
will face off against Zhang Liao.  Defeat him and he will run off in typical 
Zhang Liao fashion.  Continue to make your way towards the eastern path.  
Before you reach the attack base, you will face off against Yu Jin.  Defeat 
him and start attacking the base.  Xiahou Dun is protecting the base, so 
defeat him and then take the base.  Zhang Liao will return to the battle 
field in the southeast.  Head back to where he is at and defeat him again.  
Once again, he runs off.  By this time, Gan Ning should have defeated 
everyone in the center and will be heading off towards the main camp.  Xu 
Huang should have ran to the center by now, so head towards him and face off 
with him.  He will have his sub general, Li Dian, there with him, so defeat 
them both.  This will control the center for Wu and set up a boat to the 
enemy main camp.  Zhang Liao should have appeared for a third time.  Run over 
to this annoying bastard and defeat him again.  This time, he is more 
powerful and is in hyper mode.  However, this should be the last battle with 
him, so defeat him and head towards the main camp.  Cao Ren is guarding the 
main camp, but he is not the final opponent.  Defeat him and Cao Cao will 
appear with three sub generals:  Jia Xiu, Man Chong, and Niu Jin.  They will 
all appear in the northern part of the map, so you can defeat them all if you 
would like.  Cao Cao will be in hyper overpowered mode and will double his 
attack when injured and go into musou rage when almost dead.  Defeat Cao Cao 
to finish the stage and bring honor back to Wu.


--------
Gan Ning
--------

You start off at the center of the map.  Your mission is to do a surprise 
attack on the Wei forces at the center.  Take out the supply base that you 
start off near and then start working on Cao Ren’s sub generals.  The first 
one you should defeat is Cao Hong.  Next, you should defeat Cao Zhen.  
Finally, defeat Cao Xiu.  This will cause Xu Huang and Xiahou Dun to start to 
charge the center.  Defeat Xiahou Dun first and then head back for Xu Huang.  
Before you face off with Xu Huang, head towards the western pier to make the 
Wu boat to show up.  This will give your forces a shortcut to the center.  
Defeat Xu Huang and the central land is yours.  If you get near Ling Tong, 
you will get a cut scene between the two.  Now, make your way across the 
western boat and head north.  Once you reach the northern area near the main 
camp, a boat will appear there.  Cross the boat into the main camp and defeat 
Cao Ren.  Cao Ren will power himself up, but he isn’t too terribly difficult.  
Cao Ren’s defeat will cause Cao Cao to appear.  Cao Cao will appear with 
three generals:  Jia Xiu, Man Chong, and Niu Jin.  They will all appear in 
the northern section of the map, but none will be anywhere near Cao Cao.  You 
can defeat the sub generals if you would like, but if not, they should not 
interrupt your battle with Cao Cao.  Cao Cao is overpowered and will double 
his attack when injured and go into musou rage when near death, but if defeat 
him, the stage is over and victory is yours.


----------------------
Zhou Tai and Ling Tong
----------------------

You start off at the western side of the map.  Your first objective is to 
take the western attack base while Gan Ning stirs up trouble in the center.  
Continue heading north towards Xu Huang.  Along your way there, defeat Li 
Dian.  Face off with Xu Huang and defeat him.  Now, head towards the center 
of the map and help Gan Ning out.  Defeat any of Cao Ren’s sub generals that 
are in the area and clear out the center.  This will cause Xiahou Dun to 
charge the center.  Meet him on his way there and defeat him.  Gan Ning will 
begin to make his way north.  You can either go assist Lu Meng and Taishi Ci 
with Zhang Liao or you can head north and make your way towards Cao Ren.  
Either way, you will need to eventually charge into the main camp and fight 
Cao Ren.  Once Cao Ren is defeated, Cao Cao will appear.  He brings with him 
Jia Xiu, Man Chong, and Niu Jin, who all appear in the northern section of 
the map.  You can defeat them if you would like or you can just face off with 
Cao Cao.  Cao Cao is overpowered and will double his attack when he loses 
some life.  When he is close to defeat, he will go into musou rage.  Defeat 
him and Wei will be defeated.


                #######
---------------------#-------------------------------------------------------
  DW5:XL            #
  FAQ/Walkthrough  #  4m. Battle of Han Shui
  5XLLMBHS        #
-----------------#-----------------------------------------------------------
                #######

Han Zhong, a very important area for both Cao Cao and Liu Bei, was constantly 
fought over.  One outpost in the Han Zhong area, Han Shui, was in the hands 
of Shu.  Cao Cao quickly marched on Han Shui, which was guarded by two great 
generals, a young dragon and an old tiger.

Dim Sum:  Defeat Cao Pi

Musou Wine:  Along the northern river, west of the southern bridge leading
   into Wei’s main camp, near Cao Cao’s starting point.


--------
Zhao Yun
--------

Your first objective is to defend the Shu main base.  You accomplish this by 
preventing any of the Task Leaders from entering your main base.  You start 
off standing on a bridge leading into your main base.  Defeat all enemies 
that dare to set foot onto your bridge.  Your priority in regards to which 
enemies to kill first should be as follows:  Task Leaders, generals, 
soldiers.  Normally, you can ignore the archers, as they should be too far 
away to do anything.  Always defeat a Task Leader first.  Sometimes, they 
will head towards the bridge and then run away again.  Ignore them, as they 
will eventually come back.  Task Leaders also like to try to sneak behind 
you.  Always try to have a view of the entire bridge entrance.  You do not 
have to stand on the very entrance to the bridge.  You can be further back on 
the bridge.  This will give you a little more reaction time.  Also, there are 
normally lots of power ups that are dropped that will help out a lot.  If you 
let too many Task Leaders into your base, your morale will fall and Cao Cao 
will eventually charge your camp.  It takes about 20 Task Leaders to get 
through for Cao Cao to charge and by that time, you’re main base should be 
about to fall anyways.  However, it is pretty easy to defend the bridge.  
Even if you let a couple Task Leaders through, the soldiers behind you can 
take care of a couple of them.  When you’ve defended the bridge for about a 
minute, Cao Zhang will charge the bridge.  Defeat him and then continue 
defeating Task Leaders.  When you’ve defended the bridge for about 3 minutes, 
Sun Li will appear and charge the bridge.  Defeat him and continue defeating 
any and all Wei soldiers.  After five minutes, Yue Jin will give up charging 
the main base.  This is your time to charge out yourself.  By this time, the 
sneak attack lead by Huang Zhong should have failed, as it normally does on 
Hard mode.  After Yue Jin gives up, you can abandon the bridge and lead the 
charge against Wei.  First, head north and beat up on Yue Jin for sending 
that many soldiers against you.  Zhuge Liang will appear now and start to 
direct traffic.  Once Yue Jin is defeated, you will want to head towards the 
eastern gate of the Shu main camp and stop Cao Xiu and Cao Hong’s attack.  Xu 
Huang should appear as an enemy reinforcement.  Rush over to him and defeat 
him.  Now, it’s time to move onto Cao Cao.  Defeating Cao Cao alone will not 
end the stage, as your mission is to defeat Cao Cao and take the Wei main 
base.  Cao Cao has a lot of health and defense, but he is not electrified or 
overpowered, so he should not pose too much of a threat.  Now, it’s time to 
move onto Wei’s main base.  There are only two generals inside the base, but 
they are both electrified.  Zhen Ji should be your first target.  She takes a 
while to defeat, but she doesn’t increase any of her stats.  Cao Pi is your 
final target.  He is also electrified, but he doesn’t raise any of his stats 
either.  Defeat Cao Pi and drive the Wei forces out of Han Zhong.


-----------
Huang Zhong
-----------

Unlike Zhao Yun’s mission of power, Huang Zhong’s mission is more about 
stealth.  You will need to kill the soldiers out on patrol with your bow.  
You can normally hit then around corners and while on cliffs without them 
noticing you.  Keep your map in the zoomed in mode to get a better idea of 
where all the Defense Captains are placed.  The guards have a pretty wide 
radius, so you will have to have some distance when snipping them.  There are 
boxes of arrows along the path, so you don’t have to worry about conserving 
arrows too much.  Still, you cannot be reckless with them.  Also, you need to 
move quickly, as the longer you take, the more likely the Shu main camp will 
be overrun by Yue Jin.  The better your performance, the better Zhao Yun is 
able to defend the main camp.  There are 12 Defense Captains in all.  When 
you have killed them all without being seen and then cross the bridge, you 
will have completed the sneak attack on the Wei main camp.  The first general 
you should defeat at the main camp is Zhen Ji.  Once she is defeated, take 
out her husband, Cao Pi.  This will give you Wei’s main camp.  Zhuge Liang 
should appear with Ma Su.  They should start advancing on Cao Cao.  Now it’s 
your turn to advance on Cao Cao as well.  Xu Huang should appear as 
reinforcements for Wei.  Defeat him  and then start your march on Cao Cao.  
You can either defeat the other generals still on the map or you can head 
straight for Cao Cao and end the stage.


                #######
---------------------#-------------------------------------------------------
  DW5:XL            #
  FAQ/Walkthrough  #  4n. Battle of Mai Castle
  5XLLMBMC        #
-----------------#-----------------------------------------------------------
                #######


Shu and Wu combined for a time in an effort against Wei.  That all changed 
when Shu took the Jing province, which Wu considered part of their territory.  
Liu Bei sent Guan Yu to protect this area.  Lu Meng, a skilled man in both 
the martial arts and in strategy, decided that Guan Yu was too much of a 
threat to be left alive.  Lu Meng would join forces with Wei in order to 
finally put an end to the God of War.  However, Guan Yu would not go down 
without a fight...

For this walkthrough, I have combined Guan Yu and Guan Ping together, as they 
follow the same path.  Xing Cai has her own walkthrough.

Dim Sum:  Defeat Xu Huang

Musou Wine:  South of the central supply base (along the path that Han Dang
   takes to pincer attack the main castle)


---------------------
Guan Yu and Guan Ping
---------------------

You start off inside the castle.  You want to start defeating any generals 
that get near the castle.  The first general you should defeat is Man Chong.  
Once he is defeated, your next target should be Niu Jin, who has already 
entered the castle.  Finally, defeat Zhu Ling.  This will clear off the first 
wave of soldiers.  Lu Meng will order the second wave to charge at you.  Head 
back to the south gate and defeat Jiang Qin.  After Jiang Qin is defeated, 
you should see Zhu Ran and Xu Sheng arrive.  Defeat them as well.  Finally, 
head over to the west gate and defeat Cheng Pu.  One of your soldiers will 
tell you that the reinforcements have been blocked by the enemy.  You will 
need to head east.  Once you get too far along the path, Lu Meng will spring 
an ambush.  Defeat the leader of the ambush party, Pan Zhang, and move on.  
When you get to the northeastern checkpoint, Ma Zhong will ambush you.  
Defeat Ma Zhong, secure the checkpoint, and reinforcements will arrive.  
Next, take out the supply base and head south.  Take out the supply base 
there as well and then defeat the third ambush party, lead by Lu Xun.  Once 
Lu Xun is defeated, take out both checkpoints in the southeast.  This will 
bring more reinforcements and cause Cao Ren to have to arrive near Lu Meng.  
Zhang Fei will arrive as reinforcements.  Lu Meng should call for an all out 
desperate charge.  Head back north to your castle.  You may run into Han Dang 
on the way or you may not.  Once you reach your castle, Xu Huang should be 
near it.  Defeat him and then start making your way south towards Lu Meng.  
Zhang Bao and Liu Bei should appear as more reinforcements.  Keep going south 
until you run into Gan Ning.  Defeat him and make your way towards Lu Meng.  
There are a lot of soldiers in this area, but they are all easy to defeat.  
Once you reach Lu Meng, change history and take his head instead of the other 
way around.  All that now remains is Cao Ren.  Run over to him and defeat him 
and the Wei/Wu alliance has been crushed.

--------
Xing Cai
--------

You start off at the southeast corner of the map.  Your goal is to make your 
way to the besieged Guan Yu.  First, take out the supply base that is 
directly north of you.  Lu Xun should arrive to reinforce the enemy.  He 
should be your next target.  Once Lu Xun is defeated, take control of the 
checkpoint in this area and then move north.  Lu Meng will divert attention 
from Guan Yu to you for the moment, but don’t worry about them for now.  Take 
out the northeast supply base.  Ma Zhong will appear.  Defeat him and then 
take the northeast checkpoint.  This will allow Zhang Bao to appear with 
reinforcements.  Xu Sheng should be chasing you now, so defeat him.  Now, 
it’s time to save Guan Ping.  Continue to take the northern path to where 
Guan Ping is.  You will get a cut scene here.  Defeat Pan Zhang and then 
continue to make your way to Mai Castle.  Guan Yu is in a bit of a jam right 
now, so start defeating any and all generals in this area.  Cao Ren will 
appear where you started at, so wait until he starts making his way north and 
then go out and greet him.  Cao Ren has two sub generals, Jiang Ji and Sun 
Li, so make sure you greet them as well.  I mean, after all, they came all 
the way from Wei to see you, so you should treat them with the respect you 
treat all enemy generals.  Once you have defeated Cao Ren, Guan Yu will thank 
you for saving his sorry ass and then decides to try to do something about 
the mess he is in.  Help out his charge by defeating Gan Ning, Xu Huang, and 
Zhu Ling.  Now, the only general on the map that should be left is Lu Meng.  
Go over to him and make him realize how big of a mistake picking a fight with 
Shu was.  Once Lu Meng is defeated, Guan Yu is officially rescued.


                #######
---------------------#-------------------------------------------------------
  DW5:XL            #
  FAQ/Walkthrough  #  4o. Battle of Xin Castle
  5XLLMBXC        #
-----------------#-----------------------------------------------------------
                #######


Meng Da was a Shu soldier that betrayed Shu and then joined Wei.  However, 
Meng Da would later attempt to betray Wei and rejoin Shu.  However, Cao Pi 
and his Wei army would do everything possible not to let the traitor double 
cross them...

I have combined Sima Yi, Xu Huang, and Cao Pi into one walkthrough, as they 
generally follow the same path.

Dim Sum:  Defeat Ma Chao

Musou Wine:  Near the southwest checkpoint


-----------------------------
Sima Yi, Xu Huang, and Cao Pi
-----------------------------

If you’re Sima Yi or Cao Pi, you start off in the northwest.  If you are Xu 
Huang, you start off in the northeast.  Either way, your first goal is to 
defeat all the generals outside Xin Castle.  There are four officers:  Deng 
Xian, Li Fu, Shen Dan, and Shen Yi.  They are all easy to defeat.  While you 
are defeating officers, Meng Da’s soldiers will talk about surrendering to 
you.  All the generals you defeat will surrender and point the finger at Meng 
Da.  Don’t worry about defeating the soldiers and just aim for the generals.  
Once you have defeated all the generals, Meng Da’s soldiers will surrender 
and open the gates to Xin Castle.  Li Yan will soon appear with Shu 
reinforcements.  He will arrive with his sub general, Jiang Wan.  Sima Yi 
will then give orders to close off each of the three checkpoints to the 
south.  Ignore Li Yan for now and take control of the three checkpoints.  If 
you don’t close off the three gates, Wei Yan will appear with Wang Ping as 
the first reinforcements, Zhao Yun will appear with Jian Yong as the second 
one, and Ma Chao will appear with Ma Dai as the third reinforcements.  They 
will come out one at a time, but by the time you have defeated one of the 
reinforcement generals, the other should have arrived.  Once either the 
checkpoints are sealed or the reinforcement generals are defeated, go back 
and defeat Li Yan and Jiang Wan.  Now, all that should be left is Meng Da.  
Defeat him and Xin Castle is yours.


                #######
---------------------#-------------------------------------------------------
  DW5:XL            #
  FAQ/Walkthrough  #  4p. Battle of Shi Ting
  5XLLMBST        #
-----------------#-----------------------------------------------------------
                #######


Lu Xun, Wu’s young strategist, devised a plan to catch the Wei forces off 
guard.  Zhou Fang, one of Wu’s loyal generals, would pretend to defect to the 
enemy forces and convince the Wei general, Cao Xiu, that the defection was 
real.  After that, Zhou Fang would lead Cao Xiu into an ambush.  The plan, if 
successful, would definitely hurt the Wei advance.

Dim Sum:  Defeat Xu Zhu

Musou Wine:  Near the central area checkpoint


------
Lu Xun
------

When the stage starts, you are on the eastern path.  You are so graciously 
dumped right on top of Xiahou Hui and Zhang Hu.  I guess they save you the 
trouble of walking to them to defeat them.  Take out these two generals and 
then wait for Sun Shang Xiang to defeat her generals.  When Sun Shang Xiang 
is done with her side, go north and charge the attack base there.  There 
should be three generals in this area.  They are Fei Yao, Wen Pin, and Xu 
Huang.  Defeat them all and secure that area.  Now, head back south.  You 
should run into a traitor here.  Defeat him and raise the morale of Sun Quan.  
Now, it’s time to save Sun Quan.  He should have two enemy generals on him, 
which are Jia Kui and Wang Shuang.  Now, head to the southwest and help out 
Sun Shang Xiang if she still needs help securing the southwest.  Once both 
the northeast and the southwest are secure, Zhou Fang will defect and 
collapse the bridge behind Cao Xiu.  Now, charge Cao Xiu, but don’t relax.  
Sima Yi will ambush your main camp from behind and destroy two bridges 
leading into it.  Run back into your main camp and defeat Cao Zhen and his 
sub general, Wang Lang.  You should also get a cut scene of Lu Xun setting 
the place on fire, as usual.  It’s like he knows no other strategy other than 
fire.  Either way, once your main camp is secure, head back to Cao Xiu and 
defeat him.  By this time, Cao Pi should have arrived and taken over as the 
commander of the stage, so you will need to hunt him and Sima Yi down next.  
They are both hiding out in the northwest, so run up there.  Take down Sima 
Yi first and then finish off Cao Pi to end the stage.


---------------
Sun Shang Xiang
---------------

You start off at the south facing off with Xiahou Ba.  Defeat him and his sub 
general, Xin Pi.  Don’t head out just yet.  You will need to wait for Lu Xun 
to defeat Xiahou Hui.  When Xu Zhu to arrives on the battlefield, he will 
charge at your position.  Play with Xu Zhu until Lu Xun defeats his general.  
Once Xu Zhu is defeated and Lu Xun finally decides to kill his target, move 
on to the southwest area of the map.  Take the attack base and defeat Cao Ren 
and his sub general, Xiahou Shang.  Once you have taken over the southwest, 
go over to Sun Quan and help him out.  He should be facing off with Jia Kui 
and Wang Shuang.  Defeat them both and Sun Quan will be rescued.  Now, it’s 
time to help out Lu Xun.  Defeat whoever is left in the northeast.  The 
attack base needs to be taken and Xu Huang and Wen Pin need to be defeated 
before Zhou Fang’s defection will work.  Once you have taken over the 
northwest, Zhou Fang will defect and take out the bridge.  Cao Xiu is now 
surrounded.  Sun Quan will do his scary yell thing and order the attack on 
Cao Xiu.  However, once you reach Cao Xiu, Sima Yi will surround you by 
ambushing you from behind.  Also, Cao Pi will arrive and take over the 
commander role.  However, like a good chess match, Lu Xun has a counter plan.  
He will plan to collapse the two bridges leading out of Wu’s main base.  Head 
to the southeast and defeat Wang Lang.  This will allow the Task Leaders to 
collapse the two bridges.  Defeat Cao Zhen and then head back to Cao Xiu.  
Defeat him and then make your way towards the northwest corner of the map.  
Here, you will face off with Sima Zhao, Sima Yi, and Cao Pi.  Once Cao Pi is 
defeated, Wu will win the battle.


--------
Sun Quan
--------

Your first goal should be to take over the empty supply base that is sitting 
around and doing nothing.  Now, it’s time to play the decoy.  Cao Xiu will 
send out Jia Kui and Wang Shuang to attack the supply base you just took.  
Defeat his these two generals.  Cao Xiu will send a lot of troops to attack 
the base next.  Just keep defeating his soldiers while Sun Shang Xiang and Lu 
Xun secure their flanks.  Xiahou Hui’s sub general, Zhang Hu, should feel a 
bit froggy and try to jump you from behind.  Teach him to look before he 
leaps and run him through with your sword.  Next, you should deal with Xiahou 
Ba’s sub general, Xin Pi, who is trying to attack you from behind.  Defeat 
him quickly.  The next two challengers to the supply base should be Xu Huang 
and Wen Pin.  They will try to take the supply base away from you, but deny 
them that thrill and send them back to Wei.  Once those two have been dealt 
with, Cao Ren and Xu Zhu will decide they want to try the same thing.  Head 
towards the south and defeat the two of them.  The two of them will be 
powered up, so be careful when dealing with them.  Once they are defeated, Lu 
Xun and Sun Shang Xiang should have secured the two corners.  Zhou Fang will 
defect and collapse the bridge behind Cao Xiu.  Sun Quan will have a cut 
scene where he does his pitifully sounding yelp thing.  Now it’s time to 
charge Cao Xiu.  Sima Yi will appear and do what he does best:  piss everyone 
off.  He will ambush your main camp.  Lu Xun will order both bridges leading 
from the main camp to be destroyed.  Cao Zhen and Wang Lang will appear to 
stop the Task Leaders from destroy the bridges.  Also, Cao Pi will arrive and 
relieve Cao Xiu of his commandership.  Go back and protect the Task Leaders.  
When both Wang Lang and Cao Xiu have been defeated, the two bridges will be 
destroyed.  Now, head back and finish off Cao Xiu.  Once he is defeated, 
there is only Sima Yi and Cao Pi left.  Head to the northwest, defeat Sima 
Yi, and then run through Cao Pi.


                #######
---------------------#-------------------------------------------------------
  DW5:XL            #
  FAQ/Walkthrough  #  4q. Battle of Mt. Qi
  5XLLMBMQ        #
-----------------#-----------------------------------------------------------
                #######


The battle between Shu and Wu would be fierce after the death of Liu Bei.  
Zhuge Liang and Sima Yi would devise plan after plan, counter plan after 
counter plan, thwarting each other in one battle after another.  Finally, Shu 
makes some headway into the north.  The two armies would battle at Mt Qi.  
However, Zhuge Liang surprisingly calls for a retreat...

Dim Sum:  Defeat Zhang He

Musou Wine:  Southwestern part of the northeastern section of the map


-----------
Zhuge Liang
-----------

When the stage starts, your goal is to lure out Dai Ling to the central area.  
This may take a while for him to actually follow you, so have patience and 
don’t attack him or his sub general.  Knock the general off of his horse.  
This normally helps out in them following you.  Once he is lured out, assist 
the other units in luring out their generals.  When everyone retreats, you 
will want to retreat also to the southwestern part of the map.  Zhang He will 
send out Task Leaders to try to find your army.  You need to avoid these Task 
Leaders.  They have a very wide radius of sight, so be careful while avoiding 
them.  When they run to the southwestern part of the map, you will want to 
see which Task Leader comes at you first.  Normally, it’s the central one, so 
run up one of the two sides just a little bit while the central Task Leader 
runs around in the southwestern part of the map.  Once that Task Leader 
leaves his path, run up the central path halfway and hide there.  If you get 
caught by a Task Leader, be prepared to fight the entire Wei army by 
yourself.  Once the Task Leaders have been avoided for a certain amount of 
time, your entire army will ambush the Wei army.  Now, defeat each army, 
starting off with Dai Ling and Zhang He.  Xu Zhu will eventually arrive as 
reinforcements, but he will be too late to do anything.  Once each general 
has been defeated, you will face off with your arch rival, Sima Yi.  When you 
face off with him, there will be a cut scene.  Defeat him to complete the 
stage.


---------
Jiang Wei
---------

As the retreat is called, Jiang Wei understands the reason for the retreat, 
but Wei Yan wants to continue to battle.  Your first goal is to lure the 
enemy forces.  You start off on the western path.  You will need to lure out 
Fei Yao first.  It’s best to take him off of his horse when trying to lure 
him out.  If he is on his horse, when he turns back, he will run away a good 
bit backwards.  If he is off of his horse, if he does turn back, it’s easier 
to catch up to him.  Once Fei Yao is lured out into the western clearing, he 
will hold his position.  Now, it’s time to help out the other two units.  
Head to the center area where Zhuge Liang is.  Help him lure out his general, 
Dai Ling.  Remember, get the enemy general off the horse and then walk 
backwards.  Once Dai Ling gets to the center clearing, he will hold also and 
Zhuge Liang will retreat.  You are bound to have taken a few hits, so heal up 
at checkpoints before luring out the next general, who is Xiahou Ba.  Once 
Xiahou Ba is lead out, Wei Yan will retreat.  Follow Wei Yan to the 
southwest.  Once Wei Yan has retreated, all your forces will have left the 
map.  Zhang He will send out Task Leaders to see if there are any soldiers 
still left in the area.  If you get caught by the Task Leaders, you will have 
to fight off the entire Wei army by yourself with no soldiers to back you up, 
so it’s best that you not get caught.  The Task Leaders come at you from 
three sides, so it is hard to avoid them.  Remember though, you do not have 
to stand in one place.  The first Task Leader to reach the southwestern area 
is normally the one coming from the central area.  Therefore, you will want 
to hide out near the western checkpoint in the southwest area.  Once he is 
far into your camp, move your way towards the path he just came from.  Stand 
at the entrance to that path.  Keep your map in a zoomed in mode to see if 
the Task Leaders get too close.  When you see a dot move onto your screen, 
make your way towards the western path and go halfway up the path.  The Task 
Leaders do have a wide radius of sight, so watch out for that.  Wait on that 
path until Zhuge Liang arrives.  When Zhuge Liang arrives, he will ambush the 
Wei soldiers.  Move north towards Fei Yao and defeat him with sub general, 
Guo Huai.  Once your area is clear of generals, move to the central area.  
Zhang He should begin his charge towards that area.  Defeat Dai Ling and 
Zhang Hu and wait for Zhang He to arrive.  Defeat Zhang He once he reaches 
your area.  Sima Yi will be really mad now and order a full out assault.  
Head towards where Wei Yan is.  Xiahou Ba has three sub generals here, Xiahou 
Wei, Xiahou Hui, and Xiahou He.  Defeat them all and then take out Xiahou Ba.  
Xu Zhu should appear as Wei reinforcements, but don’t worry about him just 
yet.  Take the eastern path all the way north to the northeast corner, taking 
control of the attack base along the way.  Take out both checkpoints there to 
cut off Sima Yi’s escape route.  Now, it’s time to face off with Xu Zhu.  He 
is in electrified overpowered mode, but he should not be too hard to defeat.  
Once Xu Zhu is defeated, Sima Yi will begin to retreat.  However, by this 
time, you should have the Wei main base secured.  Sima Yi is stuck between 
you and the Shu army.  It is now time to defeat Sima Yi.  He is in hyper 
overpowered mode.  He will double his defense when injured and go into musou 
rage when almost dead.  Once Sima Yi is defeated, Mt. Qi is yours.


                #######
---------------------#-------------------------------------------------------
  DW5:XL            #
  FAQ/Walkthrough  #  4r. Showdown at Nan Zhong
  5XLLMSNZ        #
-----------------#-----------------------------------------------------------
                #######


During the Three Kingdoms Era, the Nanman tribe has ruled over the southern 
area for most of that time.  Even when Shu invaded the south, instead of 
taking over the lands, Zhuge Liang merely wanted an ally and not to enslave 
the people.  However, when the Jin Empire formed, the people of Wei wanted 
the entire lands of China to themselves.  The couple that ruled over the 
south, Meng Huo and Zhu Rong, set out to defend their homeland.

Dim Sum:  Defeat Xu Zhu

Musou Wine:  Southeastern Wei gate, in between the attack base and the supply
   base.


---------------------
Meng Huo and Zhu Rong
---------------------

You start off near the central area.  Your first objective is to take the 
central area from Wei.  This means defeating all the generals in the area and 
taking the attack base.  The first general you should defeat is Sun Li.  Once 
he is defeated, focus on Xu Zhu and his sub general, Xin Pi.  Finally, once 
the generals are out of the central area, take the attack base.  The central 
area is now yours.  Now, move towards the northern area.  Your tigers and 
elephants are in this area, but Sima Yi has a trick up his sleeve.  He brings 
out Destroyers, which are moving wooden vehicles with swords on the front 
part of them.  The tigers are no match for these things, so destroy the 
Destroyers.  There should be seven of them (I may have miscounted though).  
Also, defeat the enemy generals in this area, which are Jia Kui, Xiahou Hui, 
and Xiahou Ba.  By this time, Meng Huo will bring out a present from Zhuge 
Liang:  Juggernauts.  This will allow your beast units to better attack the 
Wei forces.  Sima Yi will ambush the Juggernauts, but clear out the northern 
area first.  Once the beast unit has been rescued, head towards the ambush 
unit in the south.  Take the long way around because if you get too close to 
Xu Huang, Sima Yi will bring out reinforcements and go for an all out attack.  
You want things to be done on your time, so don’t have the attack party 
arrive just yet.  On your way to the ambush units, defeat Man Chong, who 
should be attacking the Juggernauts.  Once you reach the ambush unit, defeat 
the Wei generals in this area.  There should be Xiahou He, Xiahou Wei, and 
Wen Pin.  This will save the ambush unit to the south.  Now, Wei will try to 
bring reinforcements from the eastern checkpoint.  Take control of the 
checkpoint to stop the reinforcements.  Now, take over the attack base and 
the supply base in the area and wait for King Mulu and his elephants to take 
out the wall separating you from Xu Huang.  Now it’s time to charge Xu Huang 
and his sub generals, Wang Lang and Xiahou Shang.  Defeat the three of them 
and Sima Yi will be the only main general left.  He has two sub generals, Cao 
Hong and Sima Zhao.  Defeat them and then face off with Sima Yi.  Sima Yi is 
in hyper, electrified, overpowered mode, so watch out.  He will double his 
defense and heal himself when injured and then go into musou rage mode when 
near death, but since he is the only general left, you should have some help 
in defeating him.  Defeat Sima Yi and you have successfully defended your 
homeland.


                #######
---------------------#-------------------------------------------------------
  DW5:XL            #
  FAQ/Walkthrough  #  5. Destiny Mode
  5XLDESTI        #
-----------------#-----------------------------------------------------------
                #######


Destiny Mode is where you create a character and make your way through the 
ranks of an army.  You start off as a lowly private, but you can raise 
through the ranks of your army.

You start off Destiny Mode by creating your character.  It’s just like normal 
Edit Mode except that you don’t pick out your outfit and you only have three 
weapons to pick from:  Huang Zhong’s sword, Jiang Wei’s spear, or Lu Meng’s 
glaive.  Also, you only start off with two attacks only.  You don’t have any 
charge attacks or musou attacks or the like.  You will need to buy them using 
Skill Points.  Once you have created your character, you can either buy 
skills, change your costumes, or start the next mission.  Your costumes are 
limited to what you have on, but you can earn costumes as you go through 
Destiny Mode.

When you choose your mission, you will start off by picking objectives.  
These are little missions you will need to complete in order to get skill 
points.  They start off easy, but as you complete the objectives, they will 
get progressively harder and worth more skill points.  For example, your 
first objective may be to defeat 3 generals for 10 points.  When you complete 
that objective, the next time you see it, it will be defeat 4 generals for 14 
points.  Each time you complete the objective, they get harder and worth 
more.  Also, you start off with only able to pick two objectives out of the 
three listed, but as you move through Destiny Mode, there will be more 
objectives listed and you will be able to choose more of them.

While in Destiny Mode, you will sometimes be approached by enemy officers to 
join their forces.  This will happen if you manage to impress the enemy 
commanders on the battlefield.  You can defect to join the other side if you 
want.  Also, sometimes you may be approached by your own strategist to join 
the other side and then betray them.  If you do choose to join another 
faction to betray then, you will need to work for the opposing force until 
you receive a letter from your strategist letting you know when the betrayal 
will take place.  When the strategist lets you know when to betray the 
opposing force, the only objective you will be able to select is the Betrayal 
objective.  You will need to first go to the ambush site and then lure your 
commander to the ambush site.  Once your commander is ambushed, you will 
switch sides.  Defeat your former commander and the betrayal will have been 
successful.

In Destiny Mode, there are two types of KOs.  There are regular KOs and 
Tactical KOs.  Regular KOs are obtained by defeating officers.  Tactical KOs 
are obtained when you perform a special tactic or task.  There are four ways 
to get tactical KOs:

Lead:  In order to perform this tactic, you must have the Rally skill.  When
   you have the Rally skill, you will randomly double the attack of the ally
   forces around you.  When this happens, any kills that you or any ally with
   a double attack will count as a Tactical KO.

Supply:  In order to perform this tactic, you must discover and capture an
   enemy supply base.  Only some stages will have an enemy supply base.  When
   you capture the base, the morale of the enemy goes down.  Any KOs you or
   your allies get for a set amount of time will count as a Tactical KO.

Fire:  In order to perform this tactic, you must have the Fire skill.  When
   you get near the gates of an enemy base or are inside of the enemy base,
   you will see a five second countdown on your screen.  Once this countdown
   goes to 0, a fire attack at that base will occur.  If you jump, attack,
   get knocked down, or move away from the base, the countdown will reset.
   Once the fire attack occurs, any KOs you get from soldiers inside that
   base will count as Tactical KOs.  This includes the Gate Captains and
   their soldiers guarding the gates of the base.

Raid:  In order to perform this tactic, you must either have the Ambush skill
   or have accepted the Betrayal objective.  When you set up an ambush and
   have lead an enemy general into the ambush point, your ambush troops will
   appear.  If you set up the ambush yourself, you will need to manually make
   the troops appear.  If you are doing a Betrayal ambush, it will be
   automatic.  Any KOs obtained by you or the ambush troops for a set amount
   of time will count as a Tactical KO.  Also, if you spot an enemy ambush,
   you will surprise the enemy instead and perform a raid on them.  Any KOs
   obtained by you or any ally troops in the area will count as a Tactical
   KO.

There is also a contribution rating.  If you fight by your commander’s side 
and listen to his commands, your contribution to your unit will rise.  This 
rating, along with your regular KOs and Tactical KOs, will allow you to move 
up in rank and sometimes will allow you to get weapons or skills from your 
commander.  However, if you do badly in contributing to your unit or 
defeating enemies, you will get scolded by your commander.

When you complete Destiny Mode, you will be given a quick overview of the 
life you have lead as a soldier.  You will also be given an option of saving 
your warrior to one of your CAW files.  However, you will only be able to 
save one of your weapons.


                #######
---------------------#-------------------------------------------------------
  DW5:XL            #
  FAQ/Walkthrough  #  5a. Skills
  5XLDMSKI        #
-----------------#-----------------------------------------------------------
                #######


When you complete objectives and obtain victories over the other army, you 
will gain skill points.  You can spend these skill points on improving your 
officer.  Here is a list of all the skills you can give your warriors and the 
requirements to gain them.  The amount of skill points required for the skill 
is in parentheses beside the name of the skill.  Rank is what the lowest rank 
you can be in order to obtain the skill.  If you are that rank or above that 
rank, you can obtain the skill.  Requirements are the skills that are 
required before you can obtain the skill.

-----
Combo
-----

Combo skills raise the amount of attacks your warrior can do.  The amount of 
attacks your warrior can perform depends on two factors:  the highest combo 
skill you have unlocked and the weapon you are wielding.  If you have 
unlocked the 6-Hit skill but have a weapon that only has four attacks, you 
will only be able to do four attacks.  The opposite holds true also.  If you 
have a weapon that has six attacks but only have the 3-Hit skill, you will 
only be able to do three attacks.

3-Hit (20 Skill Points):  Allows your warrior to perform a three attack
   combo.
   Rank:  Private.  Requirements:  None.

4-Hit (30 Skill Points):  Allows your warrior to perform a four attack combo.
   Rank:  Private.  Requirements:  3-Hit.

5-Hit (40 Skill Points):  Allows your warrior to perform a five attack combo.
   Rank:  Sergeant.  Requirements:  4-Hit.

6-Hit (50 Skill Points):  Allows your warrior to perform a six attack combo.
   Rank:  Major.  Requirements:  5-Hit.


-----
Melee
-----

Melee skills are those skills that improve your combat abilities.  These are 
moves and abilities that are available in any other mode by default, but they 
have to be unlocked in Destiny Mode.

Charge (30 Skill Points):  Allows your warrior to perform charge attacks and
   counter attacks.
   Rank:  Private.  Requirements:  3-Hit.

Musou (60 Skill Points):  Allows your warrior to perform musou attacks.
   Rank:  Private.  Requirements:  4-Hit.

Rage (70 Skill Points):  Allows your warrior to go into musou rage mode and
   perform evolution attacks (if your weapon allows evolution attacks).
   Rank:  Lt. General.  Requirements:  6-Hit.


------
Health
------

Health skills increase the life and defense of your general.  There really 
isn’t much more to say about this.

Level 1 (10 Skill Points):  Increases the life and defense of your warrior.
   Rank:  Private.  Requirements:  None.

Level 2 (20 Skill Points):  Increases the life and defense of your warrior.
   Rank:  Sergeant.  Requirements:  Level 1.

Level 3 (30 Skill Points):  Increases the life and defense of your warrior.
   Rank:  Major.  Requirements:  Level 2.

Level 4 (40 Skill Points):  Increases the life and defense of your warrior.
   Rank:  Lt. General.  Requirements:  Level 3.


-------
Archery
-------

Archery skills improve your abilities with the bow and arrow as well as your 
defense in regards to enemy archers.  You start off with the ability to shoot 
arrows by default.

Ice Arrow (30 Skill Points):  Can freeze enemies with arrows.
   Rank:  Private.  Requirements:  None.

Pierce (20 Skill Points):  Increases bow attack of your warrior and can
   pierce enemies with arrows.
   Rank:  Private.  Requirements:  None.

Plate Mail (20 Skill Points):  Warrior is no longer stunned by enemy arrows.
   Rank:  Private.  Requirements:  None.


-----
Mount
-----

Mount skills allow you to get on a horse and improve your horse attacks.  By 
default, you cannot ride a horse until you get the first mount skill.

Basic (10 Skill Points):  Your warrior can ride horse and elephants.
   Rank:  Private.  Requirements:  None.

Cavalry (40 Skill Points):  Start stage mounted on a horse.
   Rank:  Sergeant.  Requirements:  Basic.

Advanced (60 Skill Points):  Your warrior can defeat an enemy in one hit by
   attacking or charging into the enemy at full speed.
   Rank:  Lt. General.  Requirements:  Basic.


------
Leader
------

Leader skills assist you and your allies in battle.

March (60 Skill Points):  Increases the speed of you and nearby allies.
   Rank:  Major.  Requirements:  None.

Rally (80 Skill Points):  Increases the attack of you and nearby allies.  Any
   KOs gained by anyone affected by the raise in attack will register as a
   Tactical KO.
   Rank:  Major.  Requirements:  None.

Rations (40 Skill Points):  Increases the health of you and nearby allies.
   Rank:  Major.  Requirements:  None.


------
Tactic
------

Tactic skills are those skills that use methods other than conventional 
battle to defeat the enemy forces.  Some tactic skills will give you Tactical 
KOs.

Fire (60 Skill Points):  Executes a fire attack when near the gate or inside
   an enemy base.  All KOs to soldiers inside or guarding the base will
   register as a Tactical KO.
   Rank:  Sergeant.  Requirements:  None.

Ambush (40 Skill Points):  Position troops by pressing the Select button.
   Press it again to execute an ambush when an enemy general is inside the
   square on the map.  Any enemy soldiers defeated by you or the ambush
   troops will register as a Tactical KO.
   Rank:  Major.  Requirements:  None.

Volley (50 Skill Points):  Arrows will be fired after a charge attack is
   performed.
   Rank:  Major.  Requirements:  Charge.


------
Search
------

Search skills are skills that involve finding the enemy forces on the map and 
discovering information.

Interrogate (20 Skill Points):  Your warrior can get letters from defeated
   enemies other than Messengers.
   Rank:  Private.  Requirements:  None.

Scout (20 Skill Points):  Able to learn info on nearby bases and the radius
   to spot enemy units increases.
   Rank:  Private.  Requirements:  None.

Reveal (20 Skill Points):  Detect enemy traps and ambushes.
   Rank:  Private.  Requirements:  None.


                #######
---------------------#-------------------------------------------------------
  DW5:XL            #
  FAQ/Walkthrough  #  5b. Unlocking Costumes
  5XLDMULC        #
-----------------#-----------------------------------------------------------
                #######


To unlock the costumes in Destiny Mode and ultimately, Edit Mode, you will 
need to do certain tasks in Destiny Mode.  Normally, if a costume has a rank 
requirement, you can only get one of the costumes that have that same rank 
requirement.  Here is a list of all the costumes.  The male costume is listed 
first and the female costume is listed second for the first nine costumes.  
The tenth male and female costumes have different requirements.


------------------
Jerkin/Cloth Dress
------------------

This costume is available by default.


-----------------------
Light Armor/Light Armor
-----------------------

This costume is unlocked when you reach the class of Sergeant and have 
obtained the skills Charge and Level 1.


---------------------------
Leather Jerkin/Combat Dress
---------------------------

This costume is unlocked when you reach the class of Sergeant and have 
obtained at least one Archery or Search skill.


-----------------------
Heavy Armor/Heavy Armor
-----------------------

This costume is unlocked when you reach the class of Major and have obtained 
the skills Musou, Level 2, and either Plate Mail or Basic.


---------------------------
Tactical Robe/Dancer’s Robe
---------------------------

This costume is unlocked when you reach the class of Major and have obtained 
two Leader and Search skills.


---------------------------
Strategist Robe/Regal Dress
---------------------------

This costume is unlocked when you reach the class of Major and have obtained 
the skills two Leader and Tactic skills.


---------------------
Fur Skin/Nanman Dress
---------------------

This costume is unlocked when you get a bad rating on any stage.  Your 
commanding officer will scold you and the costume will become unlocked 
afterwards.


------------------------
Grand Armor/Maiden Armor
------------------------

This costume is unlocked when you reach the class of Lt. General and have 
obtained the skills Rage, Level 3, and two of the three following skills:  
Advanced, March, and Rally.


------------------------------
Prime Minster Robe/Sacred Gown
------------------------------

This costume is unlocked when you reach the class of Lt. General and have 
obtained six Tactic, Leader, and Search skills.


-----------------------
Demon Armor (Male only)
-----------------------

This costume is unlocked when you obtain a total of 1500 KOs.


----------------------------
Sorceress Gown (Female only)
----------------------------

This costume is unlocked when you have served all three kingdoms.  It doesn’t 
matter if the defection is real or if you are planning to betray the other 
kingdom.


                #######
---------------------#-------------------------------------------------------
  DW5:XL            #
  FAQ/Walkthrough  #  6. Xtreme Mode
  5XLXTREM        #
-----------------#-----------------------------------------------------------
                #######


Xtreme Mode is where you fight through randomly generated scenarios.  The 
maps are set, but the armies and the events on the maps are randomly 
generated.

There are other differences between Xtreme Mode and any other mode.  Your 
character will start off at default level with a default weapon.  Your health 
is not recovered at the end of a stage.  Weapons and items don’t appear when 
you defeat a general or in boxes.  When you equip an item, it disappears at 
the end of the stage.

Also, you can fight for your own kingdom.  When you obtain a mission to 
create a kingdom, if you win on the stage, you will have your kingdom.  Then, 
you can defend and expand your kingdom.  You can also build facilities in 
your kingdom.  These facilities will impact your battles and what you can 
gain after a battle.

You can gain stat boosting items, allies, and items to help you in battle 
from a shop using gold gained in battles.  You can upgrade your weapon at the 
blacksmith, using iron gained in battles.


                #######
---------------------#-------------------------------------------------------
  DW5:XL            #
  FAQ/Walkthrough  #  6a. Xtreme Mode Items
  5XLXMITM        #
-----------------#-----------------------------------------------------------
                #######


Here is a list of all the items you can gain in Xtreme Mode at the shop.


                #######
---------------------#-------------------------------------------------------
  DW5:XL            #
  FAQ/Walkthrough  #  6b. Stage Descriptors
  5XLXMSTD        #
-----------------#-----------------------------------------------------------
                #######


Here is a list of all the special scenarios that will be listed as stage 
descriptors.  When you see a word in < >, this means that a name of a general 
or item goes here.  The general or item changes with each stage selection.  
This list is divided into three sections:  Battle Descriptors, Special Battle 
Descriptors, and Blacksmith and Shop Descriptors.


------------------
Battle Descriptors
------------------

Battle descriptors describe what you can expect during normal battles.  These 
may involve enemies you will face, missions you may be given, or rewards that 
can be gotten.


A huge army has gathered and the area is in a state of chaos:  I believe that
   this means that the leader of the enemy forces is a playable character,
   but I will need to do further research to confirm this.

A veteran warrior, <General> is in the area looking for someone to face in
   battle:  There will be a powerful enemy playable general on the stage.
   They will chase after you and challenge you to a duel, which starts off a
   mission.  Defeating that general will complete the mission.

<General> has taken to the field in order to suppress the uprisings in the
   area:  There will be a playable general as an ally on this stage.  That
   general will become ambushed.  When you get near the ally general, he or
   she will ask for assistance.  Defeating the enemy general that is
   ambushing the ally general will complete the mission.  The ally general
   will sometimes join you permanently.

<General> is with one of the bands roaming the area creating trouble:  There
   will be an enemy playable general with two sub generals on the stage.
   Also, there will be an ambush party lead by a non-playable general near
   the leader of the stage.  Finally, there will be a supply depot on the
   stage, guarded by non-playable general.  If you defeat the general
   guarding the supply depot, the ambush general will retreat and the morale
   of the playable general will be lowered.  There are also 10 pots
   containing iron, attack power ups, and defense power ups inside the supply
   depot.  If you defeat the playable general, they will be taken prisoner.

It’s said that there is a supply depot with lots of valuable supplies in the
   area:  There will be a supply depot guarded by a playable general.  There
   will also be another playable general on the stage that will give you a
   mission to attack the supply depot when you get near him.  Defeating the
   playable general guarding the supply depot will complete the mission.
   Inside the supply depot are 10 pots that contain iron, attack power ups,
   or defense power ups.

Rumor has it that somebody here has the <Item>:  There will be a mission
   somewhere on the stage where the reward is this item.

Rumors have it that bandits have brought strange animals into the area:  Sun
   Jian or Sun Ce will be an ally general on the map.  If you get near them,
   they will give you a mission to find their lost tiger.  There will be two
   places on the map that the tiger could be.  If you pick the wrong place, a
   playable general will appear and assist you in finding the tiger.  He will
   become a temporary ally.  When you approach the tiger, a Bandit Chief will
   appear with two Bandit Leaders.  Defeating the Bandit Chief will rescue
   the tiger.  When you bring the tiger to Sun Jian or Sun Ce, the mission
   will be completed.

Rumors say that there are bandits in the area kidnapping young women:  This
   means that there will be a female ally general on the stage that is out
   searching for bandits and the leader of the enemy forces is a Bandit
   Chief.  If you approach her, she will first ask you if you are a bandit.
   She will turn into an enemy for a few seconds.  If you attack her, she
   will become a permanent enemy.  However, if you don’t attack her, a Bandit
   Leader will appear and the female general will turn back into an ally
   general.  If you defeat the Bandit Leader, the female general will give
   you a mission to attack the Bandit Chief with her.  Defeating the Bandit
   Chief on the stage will complete the mission.

They say that someone is planning to raid a small and wealthy village in the
   area:  There will be an area on the map where an ally Village Elder will
   be.  The Village Elder will get attacked by Dong Zhuo, Meng Huo, or Zhang
   Jiao along with two sub generals.  The Village Elder will receive
   reinforcements of a playable ally general.  If you get near the playable
   general, he will ask you to assist him in defeating the raid leader.  If
   you defeat the enemy general raiding the village before the playable
   general is defeated, the mission will be completed.  The Village Elder
   does not have to survive in order to complete the mission.  If the village
   is destroyed before you defeat the raid leader, the enemies will start to
   charge after you next.

They say that there is a small but rich village in the area:  There will be a
   small area of the map where an enemy Village Elder will be.  If you enter
   the village, you will be allied by Dong Zhuo, Meng Huo, or Zhang Jiao, who
   will want to attack the village and give you a mission asking you to help
   them raid the village.  If you attack the Village Elder, he will call for
   a playable general to assist him.  Defeating the Village Elder and the
   playable general will destroy the village and complete the mission.

This area has been invaded by numerous armies.  There is continual fighting:
   This means that there will be more than four enemy generals on the stage.

We have received word that a large, unknown weapon has been sighted in the
   area:  There are either elephants or Juggernauts on this stage for the
   enemy forces.

Zhang Jiao, the one with strange abilities, has been imprisoned on grounds of
   rebellion:  Zhang Jiao will be an ally on the map.  He will be in an area
   that is surrounded by gates, which are guarded by enemy generals.
   Defeating these generals will open the gates.  If you get close to Zhang
   Jiao, he will restore the health of you and your allies by 200 points.


--------------------------
Special Battle Descriptors
--------------------------

The bandits of the area have joined together and taken control.  Volunteer to
   campaign against bandits:  This is a special battle that normally is the
   first stage on Mission 5.  The objective of this battle is to defeat every
   enemy general.  There are normally multiple ambushes on this stage.  Also,
   there is an ally playable general that gets ambushed on this stage.  If
   you approach him, he will give you a mission to rescue him.  Defeating the
   enemies around him will complete the mission.

The final obstacle to peace and the unification of the land is <General>.
   Wage a war that will decide the fate of the entire land:  This is the
   unification battle.  If you complete this stage, you will unify all of
   China.  There are multiple ambushes on this stage.  Also, there is a
   couple of playable generals for the enemy forces.  Finally, when you
   injure the enemy commander, normally there will be one final playable
   general that ambushes you near where you are fighting.


-------------------------------
Blacksmith and Shop Descriptors
-------------------------------

An expensive boutique seems to be selling Ointment:  The prices at this shop
   are higher than normal, but there is always an Ointment that can be
   bought.

There are a number of people looking for someone to join:  There are either
   three or four generals that can be bought as permanent allies.

There is a huge sale going on:  The prices at this shop are lower than
   normal, but there are less items to buy.


                #######
---------------------#-------------------------------------------------------
  DW5:XL            #
  FAQ/Walkthrough  #  7. Edit Mode
  5XLEDITM        #
-----------------#-----------------------------------------------------------
                #######


Edit Mode is where you can create your own warrior.  You can create up to ten 
warriors.  There is a variety of attributes that you can change on your 
character.  Here is a list of those attributes:

Name:  You can have up to ten characters in the name of your warrior.

Gender:  This should be self explanatory.

Face:  There are ten hairstyles and ten facial styles for you to choose from.

Body:  This is where you adjust the height and build of the character.  The
   height is set at the middle by default, while the build is set to thin by
   default.

Clothing:  This is where you change your warrior’s clothing.  In total, there
   are six head items, ten torso items, and ten leg items to choose from.
   Initially, you only have three torso items, three leg items, and zero head
   items.  You will need to unlock the other items in Destiny Mode.  To find
   out more about unlocking these costumes, read section 5b.

Motion:  This is where you choose the weapon and fighting style of your
   character.  You can choose any motion of the 48 warriors or you can choose
   one of the two CAW exclusive motions.  The two CAW exclusive motions are
   the Broadsword and the Rapier.

Voice:  This is the voice of your character.  Both genders have three voices
   to choose from.  Males can choose from Passionate, Heroic, or Calm.
   Females can choose from Spirited, Relaxed, or Innocent.

Once you have created your warrior, you can use him or her in Legends Mode or 
Xtreme Mode.  Also, you may run into them in Xtreme Mode if you are not 
playing as them.


                #######
---------------------#-------------------------------------------------------
  DW5:XL            #
  FAQ/Walkthrough  #  8. Regular Items
  5XLREGIT        #
-----------------#-----------------------------------------------------------
                #######


Regular items can be found in boxes or dropped by certain generals.  Each 
regular item modifies a certain stat on a character.  They range from 1 to 
20, with 20 being the best.  To get better items, you can play on harder 
difficulties or play on stages with more stars.  Playing on a five star stage 
on Hard mode is considered to be the best place to get items, as it has yet 
to be proven that Chaos mode actually increases the odds of getting better 
items.  Also, the Luck stat may affect how good an item is, but there is no 
proof of this either.  Finally, you can try to find a bodyguard with the Item 
skill, which increases the value of the item you get by one, but these 
bodyguards are hard to find and train.  Here is a list of all the regular 
items and which stat they modify.

Peacock Urn:  Life Up
Dragon Amulet:  Musou Up
Tiger Amulet:  Attack Up
Tortoise Amulet:  Defense Up
Speed Scroll:  Speed Up
Huang’s Bow:  Bow Attack and Bow Defense Up
Horned Helm:  Horse Attack and Horse Defense Up
Seven Star Belt:  Luck Up
Ginseng:  Musou Fill Up
Herbal Remedy:  Charge Attack Up


                #######
---------------------#-------------------------------------------------------
  DW5:XL            #
  FAQ/Walkthrough  #  9. Rare Items
  5XLRARIT        #
-----------------#-----------------------------------------------------------
                #######


Rare items are found by doing certain tasks on certain stages.  These include 
harnesses, which have their own item slot, orbs, which also have their own 
item slot, and accessories, which share item slots with the regular items.  
All items except for orbs can be gotten on any difficulty.  Orbs must be 
gotten on Hard or Chaos difficulty.

Old accessories are those rare items that were in DW5.  New accessories are 
those that are only in DW5:XL.  Harnesses, Orbs, and Old Accessories can be 
gotten using either their old method in Musou and Free Mode if you import DW5 
or their new method in Legends Mode.  To view how to get the old items using 
their old methods, check out my DW5 FAQ on GameFAQs.

More in depth strategies regarding the items will be done in the future, 
including a time log.  Right now, I just wanted to get all the basic 
information in.

All items that have a Location and a My Tips section have been obtained 
personally by me on Hard difficulty with a character that is on the stage.


                #######
---------------------#-------------------------------------------------------
  DW5:XL            #
  FAQ/Walkthrough  #  9a. Harnesses
  5XLRIHAR        #
-----------------#-----------------------------------------------------------
                #######


----------------
Red Hare Harness
----------------

Effect:  Begin stage mounted on Red Hare, the fastest horse in the game.

Stage:  Battle of Yan Province, 194 AD

Requirements:  Capture every attack base and then achieve 300 KOs.

Location:  West of the northern attack base, along the path towards the
   western attack base.

My Tips:

There are five attack bases.  I would go after the two in front of Lu Bu 
first and then take out the western attack base.  I would defeat the enemy 
ambush from behind to get some kills before taking out the two attack bases 
south of Zhang Liao.  If you can’t get 300 kills before the castle gates are 
opened, you can always just sit and wait for Cao Cao to arrive with more 
soldiers to kill.


----------------
Hex Mark Harness
----------------

Effect:  Begin stage mounted on Hex Mark, which increases luck.

Stage:  Rescue of Lou Sang Village, 184 AD

Requirements:  Rescue the three villages within 5 minutes.

Location:  Near the central most checkpoint.

My Tips:

For this item, it’s best to either use another harness or use a fast 
character, as the villages are kind of spread out.  To save a village, you 
have to defeat all the enemy generals that are in the area.  The three 
villages are located in the northwest, southeast, and southwest.


-------------
Storm Harness
-------------

Effect:  Begin stage mounted on Storm Runner, which increase horse attack and
   horse defense.

Stage:  Imperial Rescue, 195 AD

Requirements:  After capturing the carriage, do not let the carriage fall
   under attack for 4 minutes.

Location:  The northwestern section of the map, in between the entrances to
   the southern path and the southeastern path.

My Tips:

There is a difference between letting the carriage fall under attack and the 
carriage stopping because of enemies in front of it.  Enemies can get near 
the carriage.  They just cannot attack the carriage.  When the stage starts, 
no matter what your orders are, head directly for the northeastern section of 
the map.  You will want to catch Li Jue up here.  Before you defeat Li Jue, 
defeat his sub generals and then capture the northeastern checkpoint.  This 
will stop the flow of enemies.  You will also want to defeat as many enemies 
in this area before the carriage converts to your side.  Once Li Jue is 
defeated, clear the area out of the rest of the enemy soldiers, making sure 
none of them attack the carriage.  Once the carriage starts moving, scout out 
a little ahead and close off the checkpoint that is along the way.  You will 
want to stick close to the carriage and defeat any enemies that come near the 
carriage until your item appears.


--------------
Shadow Harness
--------------

Effect:  Begin stage mounted on Shadow Runner, which allows you to withstand
   most attacks without falling off of your horse.

Stage:  Battle of Ji Castle, 213 AD

Requirements:  Within 2 minutes, open all three gates of Ji Castle (the outer
   one and the two inner ones) without defeating any enemy generals.  Within
   5 minutes, obtain 300 KOs and capture all enemy checkpoints.  You must
   personally capture all the checkpoints.

Location:  South of Ji Castle, along the path from Ji Castle to where Xiahou
   Yuan appears.

My Tips:

The biggest problem on this stage isn’t the gates or the KOs.  It’s the 
checkpoints.  There are 8 checkpoints (7 checkpoints if you get the weapon 
before Xiahou Yuan shows up) that you have to destroy.  The two that are the 
easiest to forget is the one behind you when you start the stage as Ma Chao 
and the one inside the inner part of Ji Castle.  Other than that, it’s just 
running around and closing off gates.  Equipping the Red Hare Saddle will 
definitely make the capturing the checkpoints easier.  Make sure you do not 
defeat any enemy generals before you open all three gates of Ji Castle.


----------------
Elephant Harness
----------------

Effect:  Begin stage mounted on an elephant.

Stage:  Showdown at Nan Zhong, 235 AD

Requirements:  After capturing the central area, defeat Xiahou Ba and Jia Kui
   and destroy all the Destroyers within 3 minutes.

Location:  At the central area, south of the wall blocking the path to the
   northwest.

My Tips:

It’s best to capture the central area as quickly as possible, as the arrival 
of the Destroyers is not based off of the capture of the central area.  If 
you take too long in capturing the central area, the Destroyers will be more 
spread out and will take longer to destroy each one.  If they are closer 
together, you can take out multiple Destroyers with a single musou.


                #######
---------------------#-------------------------------------------------------
  DW5:XL            #
  FAQ/Walkthrough  #  9b. Orbs
  5XLRIORB        #
-----------------#-----------------------------------------------------------
                #######


All orbs must be obtained on Hard or Chaos difficulty.


--------
Fire Orb
--------

Effect:  Add fire element to attacks, which causes enemies to take damage as
   long as they are on fire.

Stage:  Struggle for the Book, 183 AD

Requirements:  Within 3 minutes, open all three outer gates.

Location:  Left of the northeastern checkpoint at the very inner part of the
   castle.

My Tips:

Three minutes is not a lot of time, so it’s best just to run up to the gate 
you are closest to and open that gate.  You can also open up all the gates 
from the inside as well.  In fact, it’s probably faster to open up two of the 
three gates from the inside.


-------
Ice Orb
-------

Effect:  Add ice element to attacks, which can cause enemies to be
   temporarily frozen.

Stage:  Battle of Mt. Qi, 231 AD

Requirements:  After Zhuge Liang’s plan fails, defeat Zhang He, Fei Yao, Dai
   Ling, Xiahou Ba, Sima Zhao, and Sima Shi, within 8 minutes.

Location:  The central northern section of the map, along the southern rock
   wall.

My Tips:

To make the plan fail, just defeat the general you are assigned to lure out.  
Just focus on the main generals, as every general, including sub generals, 
will be powered up and electrified when Zhuge Liang’s plan fails.  Try to 
take advantage of everything you can, including your musou attack and any 
musou rages.  You’ll get the item after you make a speech about how weak the 
other army is and that strategy isn’t required to beat them, as long as you 
have defeated everyone within 8 minutes.


----------
Shadow Orb
----------

Effect:  Add shadow element to attacks, which empties musou gauge and may
   defeat enemies in one hit.

Stage:  Battle of Jia Meng Gate, 214 AD

Requirements:  Within 5 minutes, get Ma Chao to defect.

Location:  At the northeastern section of the map, passed the supply bases.

My Tips:

To get Ma Chao to defect, you need to do four things quickly.  First, you 
must defeat him the first time around.  He will power himself up and heal 
himself when he gets injured.  Plus, he will also give himself both an attack 
and defense up, so you will want to deal as much damage to him as possible 
before he does both of these.  You can kill him while everyone is talking and 
before he can power himself up, so it is possible to kill him the first time 
quickly.  After he is defeated the first time, he will retreat.  Quickly go 
to the southeastern part of the map.  There, close off both checkpoints and 
then defeat Ma Dai.  This will decrease the faith Zhang Lu had in Ma Chao 
twice.  After this, defeat Ma Chao one final time.  Again, he will heal 
himself when injured and double his attack and defense, so fire juggle him to 
death and use as many musou rage tokens as possible.  It is not easy to kill 
a powered up Ma Chao twice in five minutes, but it is possible.


---------
Light Orb
---------

Effect:  Add light element to attacks, which causes attacks to break through
   the enemy’s guard.

Stage:  Battle of Yang Ping Gate, 215 AD

Requirements:  Within 5 minutes, defeat Pang De.

Location:  On the third level, south of Zhang Wei’s starting point.

My Tips:

To get Pang De to appear near the gates, you will need to get Zhang Lu to 
appear at the main camp.  To do so, you will need to quickly release all the 
steps towards the main camp.  Just focus on destroying statues and getting 
the steps up quickly.  Zhang Lu will retreat into his main camp when the 
stairs are risen.  You should be able to get both the steps to rise up and 
defeat Pang De within five minutes if you’re fast enough and good enough.  
Red Hare will definitely help getting this item easier.  Ignore defeating any 
enemies until you reach Pang De, although you may want to consider defeating 
Yan Po while everyone is talking and before Pang De arrives, as he can 
sometimes interfere with the battle between you and the stout guardian.  Pang 
De is very powerful and will heal himself and go into a musou rage when you 
injure him, but he should die quickly if you fire juggle him.


                #######
---------------------#-------------------------------------------------------
  DW5:XL            #
  FAQ/Walkthrough  #  9c. Old Accessories
  5XLRIOLD        #
-----------------#-----------------------------------------------------------
                #######


----------
Art of War
----------

Effect:  Ability boost items have longer effect.

Stage:  Ou Xing’s Rebellion, 187 AD

Requirements:  Within 5 minutes, get 300 KOs.


--------------
Survival Guide
--------------

Effect:  Attack doubles when knocked down and health is low.

Stage:  Battle of Shi Ting, 228 AD

Requirements:  Get 200 KOs, defeat Xu Huang and Xu Zhu, and trigger the fire
   attack.


----------------
Bodyguard Manual
----------------

Effect:  Bodyguards become stronger.

Stage:  The Ten Eunuchs’ Rebellion, 189 AD

Requirements:  Stop Dong Zhuo’s plan to kill He Jin and keep him alive.

Location:  Close to He Jin’s starting point.

My Tips:

You do not have to land the killing blow on the three Eunuchs sent out to 
kill He Jin.  You only have to keep He Jin alive and foil Dong Zhuo’s plan.  
As long as He Jin remains on his horse, he will not die.  The moment he gets 
knocked off of his horse is the moment he’s done for and will die quickly.  
There is a trick that you can abuse to get this item, if you are having 
trouble getting it.  If, while you are fighting off the Eunuchs, He Jin gets 
knocked off of his horse, save your game and then soft reset your game.  When 
you reload your game, He Jin will be back on his horse.


----------
Demon Band
----------

Effect:  Extends the length of the musou rage.

Stage:  Battle of Jia Ming Gate, 214 AD

Requirements:  Within 5 minutes, get 200 KO.

Location:  Northeast corner of the map, near Zhang Lu’s starting point.

My Tips:

You can get about 70 kills from the western part of the map.  You can get 
about 30 to 50 kills from the southeastern part of the map.  You can get 
about 100 kills at the northeastern part of the map.  Just quickly run 
through these sections and get kills as quickly as possible.


------------
Way of Musou
------------

Effect:  Can use true musou attack regardless of health.

Stage:  Ou Xing’s Rebellion, 187 AD

Requirements:  Within 5 minutes, defeat all main generals without letting any
   of the three villages fall.

Location:  Southwestern corner of Chang Sha Castle.

My Tips:

Speed is the key.  It would be best if you started off at the villages first, 
since they will fall pretty quickly.  Also, once you have defeated all the 
enemies in front of the front gate, Ou Xing will call for people to guard the 
front gate, which will cause Guo Shi to run there and ignore everything else, 
making him tough to catch up to and kill.  Again, quickness is everything.


-----------
Wind Scroll
-----------

Effect:  Attack range increases.

Stage:  The Two Qiaos, 196 AD

Requirements:  Defeat Zuo Ci within 1 minute of his appearance.

Location:  Northeast section of the map, west of where Zuo Ci appears.

My Tips:

This one is pretty easy.  Just beat up Zuo Ci as fast as possible when he 
shows up.


-----------
Fire Arrows
-----------

Effect:  Can use fire arrows.

Stage:  Battle of Han Shui, 219 AD

Requirements:  Once either Huang Zhong’s surprise attack or Zhao Yun’s
   protection of the main camp fails, defeat Xu Huang.


----------
Arm Guards
----------

Effect:  No damage taken during charge attacks.

Stage:  Battle of Mai Castle, 219 AD

Requirements:


------------
Tiger Collar
------------

Effect:  Begin stage accompanied by a tiger.

Stage:  The Two Qiaos, 196 AD

Requirements:  Within 8 minutes, use the opposite route that you are supposed
   to and defeat Zhou Tai.


------------
Green Scroll
------------

Effect:  Attack increases but defense decreases.

Stage:  Battle of Han Shui, 219 AD

Requirements:  After Xu Huang destroys the bridge, defeat Xu Huang.


-----------
Musou Armor
-----------

Effect:  Wearer not stunned by bow attacks.

Stage:  Battle of Ji Castle, 213 AD

Requirements:  Before Zhang He arrives, get 180 KOs.  Before Xiahou Yuan
   arrives, defeat Zhang He.

Location:  Just outside the southern wall of the castle, east of the southern
   gate.

My Tips:

You will need to quickly get 180 KOs, as Zhang He appears after a 1 minute 
and 30 seconds, so ignore all enemy generals and just defeat the easy enemy 
soldiers.  You can get a lot of kills inside of Ji Castle.  You will need to 
kill Zhang He quickly also, as Xiahou Yuan will appear after 2 minutes and 30 
seconds.  Use as many musou tokens you can to defeat Zhang He, as he is 
overpowered and electrified.


-------------
Tribal Remedy
-------------

Effect:  Health recovers for every 100 enemies defeated.

Stage:  Husbands and Wives, 200 AD

Requirements:  Within 7 minutes, defeat the other three couples.


----------------
Serpent Earrings
----------------

Effect:  Attack increases for every 100 enemies defeated.

Stage:  Battle of Ru Xu Kou, 217 AD

Requirements:  Within 8 minutes, defeat Zhang Liao three times and Xu Huang, 
Xiahou Dun, and Cao Ren once.


                #######
---------------------#-------------------------------------------------------
  DW5:XL            #
  FAQ/Walkthrough  #  9d. New Accessories
  5XLRINEW        #
-----------------#-----------------------------------------------------------
                #######


-------------
Naga Earrings
-------------

Effect:  Defense increases for every 100 enemies defeated.

Stage:  Battle of Xin Castle, 227 AD

Requirements:  Before the gates open, defeat the four generals outside the
   castle and get 80 KOs.


-----------
Dragon Arms
-----------

Effect:  Can jump during Charge Attacks.

Stage:  Battle of Mt. Qi, 231 AD

Requirements:  After Zhuge Liang’s plan fails, defeat all generals and sub
   generals.


---------------------
True Way of the Musou
---------------------

Effect:  Strength and duration of musou attack increases.

Stage:  Battle of Mai Castle, 219 AD

Requirements:  Get 1000 KOs.


----------
Ice Arrows
----------

Effect:  Can use ice arrows.

Stage:  Battle of Yang Ping Gate, 215 AD

Requirements:  Within 5 minutes, destroy all 20 statues.


------------
Vampire Arms
------------

Effect:  Health restored by guarding just before an enemy attack.

Stage:  The Ten Eunuchs’ Rebellion, 189 AD

Requirements:  Defeat the Bandit Leader four times.


-------------
Meat Bun Sack
-------------

Effect:  Defeated enemies drop meat buns at a set probability.

Stage:  Battle of Jia Meng Gate, 214 AD

Requirements:  Defeat Yang Ang, Yang Ren, and Yang Song.


----------
Kirin Hoof
----------

Effect:  Increases the strength of your mounts and tigers.

Stage:  Showdown at Nan Zhong, 235 AD

Requirements:  Within 10 minutes, defeat Xu Huang.


                #######
---------------------#-------------------------------------------------------
  DW5:XL            #
  FAQ/Walkthrough  #  10. Fourth Weapons
  5XLFWEAP        #
-----------------#-----------------------------------------------------------
                #######


In Dynasty Warriors 5: Xtreme Legends, there are now new ways to get the 
fourth weapons.  I will be posting these new methods along with a time log of 
my successful attempt.  The time log will only include important events until 
the weapon is gotten and then the final completion time of the stage.  I have 
included this in order to allow you to compare time and gauge where exact you 
are at on your attempt.  The weapons are listed by character and not by 
stage.

All fourth weapons, except those for edit characters, can be gotten using 
either the new DW5:XL method or the old DW5 method in Musou or Free mode if 
you import DW5.  To view how to get these weapons using their old methods, 
you can look at my DW5 guide on GameFAQs.  All fourth weapons have evolution 
attacks built in and will give you a musou rage token every 100 kills.  The 
Edit mode weapons and requirements are listed in the Other section.  All 
fourth weapons can only be gotten on Hard or higher difficulty.


                #######
---------------------#-------------------------------------------------------
  DW5:XL            #
  FAQ/Walkthrough  #  10a. Shu Fourth Weapons
  5XLFWSHU        #
-----------------#-----------------------------------------------------------
                #######


--------
Zhao Yun
--------

Weapon:  Fierce Dragon
Base Attack:  36
Weight:  Medium
Charge:  16
Defense:  17
Attack:  17
Musou:  17
Life:  17

Scenario:  Battle of Han Shui, 219 AD

Requirements:  Prevent a Task Leader from entering Shu’s main camp for 5
   minutes.

Weapon Location:  Right outside the eastern entrance to the Shu main base.

My Method:

The only thing you need to do is prevent the Task Leaders from entering your 
main camp.  They can cross the bridge, but if they are registered as entering 
your camp, the weapon will be lost.  You will know when you lose the weapon 
because Zhao Yun will say something to the effect of, “I cannot let another 
man through to the main camp.”  I forget the exact quote.  The Shu sneak 
attack does not have to succeed for the weapon to appear.  Normally, it will 
fail miserably.  The Task Leaders will try to fake you out.  They will 
sometimes initially charge at the bridge, then back off and wait and then try 
to run down the sides of the bridge.  You need to pay close attention to 
where you are standing on the bridge so you can see the entire entrance.  You 
do not have to stand at the immediate entrance to the bridge.  I normally 
position myself in the middle of the bridge to allow myself some leeway when 
the Task Leaders charge.  Cao Zhang and Sun Li will also charge and try to 
distract you from defeating Task Leaders, but they are normally easy kills.  
Your priorities should be Task Leaders first, generals second, and other 
enemies last.  If you’ve protected the main camp for five minutes, the weapon 
will appear and Yue Jin will back off.  Now, you can go after Cao Cao and Cao 
Pi, who guards the main camp.

Time Log:

1’20”10:  Defeated Cao Zhang.
3’05”15:  Defeated Sun Li.
5’00”01:  Fourth weapon discovered.
5’02”56:  Yue Jin gives up attacking the Shu Main Camp.
14’32”45:  Stage completed.


-------
Guan Yu
-------

Weapon:  Blue Moon Dragon
Base Attack:  38
Weight:  Light
Charge:  16
Horse:  16
Defense:  17
Attack:  18
Life:  18

Scenario:  Rescue at Lou Sang Village, 184 AD

Requirements:  Within 8 minutes, defeat all officers except for Zhang Jiao.

Weapon Location:  Southwest village, near where you start.

My Method:

You have plenty of time to defeat mainly easy officers.  The hardest officer 
on the map that you will need to defeat quickly is Zhang Bao, and even he 
goes down pretty fast.  Start off by defeating Bo Zhang and Gao Sheng in the 
southwest.  Once they have been defeated, make your ways towards the 
northeast, where Zhang Fei is.  At the center of the map, Zhang Liang will 
appear with phantom soldiers.  Defeat him along with Deng Mao and the phantom 
soldiers will disappear.  Make your way towards the northeast village and 
help Zhang Fei defeat Cheng Yuanzhi and Guan Hai.  Once they are defeated, go 
directly south to where Liu Bei and the Village Elder are.  Defeat Zhang Man 
Cheng first, since he’s the closest to the Village Elder.  The Village Elder 
should not be close to dying, but you just want to make sure that he doesn’t 
think about it.  After that, take out Yan Zheng.  This will cause a valuable 
item to appear, but this is NOT your weapon.  This is the Hex Mark Saddle.  
If you don’t have it yet, it will appear at the center of the map, which is 
your next destination.  Go to the center of the map, grab the rare item if 
you want, and then take on Zhang Bao.  By this time, he should have left the 
safety of his wind barrier, so he should be accessible to you.  Zhang Bao is 
the toughest general on the map other than Zhang Jiao, but quite frankly, 
Zhang Bao isn’t all that strong.  He should fall pretty quickly, leaving you 
with plenty of time to spare in getting the weapon.  Head back to the 
southwest to claim your weapon, then go after Zhang Jiao’s head and complete 
the stage.

Time Log:

0’34”08:  Bo Zhang defeated.
0’52”51:  Gao Sheng defeated.
1’06”90:  Zhang Bao and Zhang Liang appeared.
1’40”71:  Deng Mao defeated.
1’45”81:  Zhang Liang defeated.
2’29”95:  Cheng Yuanzhi defeated.
2’35”05:  Guan Hai defeated.
3’00”03:  Zhang Man Cheng defeated.
3’37”31:  Yan Zheng defeated.
4’37”88:  Fourth weapon discovered.
4’40”43:  Zhang Bao defeated.
7’15”41:  Stage completed.


---------
Zhang Fei
---------

Weapon:  Viper Blade
Base Attack:  39
Weight:  Light
Fill:  16
Horse:  16
Defense:  15
Attack:  19
Musou:  17

Scenario:  Rescue at Lou Sang Village, 184 AD

Requirements:  Within 5 minutes, get 300 KOs.

Weapon Location:  Northeast village at the fork between the path going south
   and the path going southwest.

My Method:

You’re going to have to strategize a little for this weapon.  There are 
certain marks you want to hit at each section of the map.  If you get 100 KOs 
at the northeast village, 40 KOs at the southeast village, 80 KOs at the 
southwest village, and 80 KOs at the center, you will get 300 KOs.  The trick 
is to get as many KOs as possible at the northeast village.  This will make 
hitting the marks at the other villages a lot easier.  Do not expect more 
than 50 KOs at the southwest village or 100 KOs at the center, as it is hard 
for enemies to spawn at those two places.  You start off at the northeast 
village.  Go to the center of the village and make your way slowly up to the 
northeast gate captain.  That gate does tend to spawn the most enemies on the 
map.  Unfortunately, the enemy generals will not let you sit there for long 
and should go after you.  Still, if you get over 100 KOs, you’re good to go.  
Once you reach your mark of 100 KOs and have killed Cheng Yuanzhi and Guan 
Hai in this area, head south towards the next village.  You will not get that 
many kills here, as they are not grouped together very neatly.  Still, you 
should be close or over 150 KOs by the time you kill the Zhang Man Cheng and 
Yan Zheng in this area.  The next stop should be the southwest village.  You 
can get a decent amount of kills here, but, as usual, the enemy generals will 
not just let you sit at one spot and kill off soldiers.  Still, at this 
point, you should be over 200 and almost to 250.  Defeat Bo Zhang and Gao 
Sheng.  This should cause a valuable item to appear at the center of the map.  
This is NOT your weapon.  This is the Hex Mark Saddle.  Now, head towards the 
center.  Here, Zhang Liang will arrive with some soldiers of his own.  He’ll 
also arrive with phantom soldiers, but since you can’t kill them, just try to 
avoid them.  You should hit or be close to 300 by the time Zhang Liang and 
Deng Mao are defeated.  There are two gates in this area, so if you are very 
close to 300, you should be able to kill the 5 soldiers at each gate.  If you 
move fast enough and hit your marks at each area, you should get the weapon.  
After you claim your prize, defeat Zhang Bao and Zhang Jiao and complete the 
stage.

Time Log:

0’29”23:  50 KOs.
0’42”15:  Cheng Yuanzhi defeated.
1’00”33:  Guan Hai defeated.
1’27”33:  100 KOs.
1’35”21:  Zhang Man Cheng defeated.
2’21”28:  Yan Zheng defeated.
2’52”41:  150 KOs.
3’16”60:  200 KOs.
3’27”01:  Bo Zhang defeated.
3’32”11:  Gao Sheng defeated.
3’46”53:  Zhang Bao and Zhang Liang appeared.
3’56”81:  250 KOs.
4’28”46:  Deng Mao defeated.
4’33”56:  Zhang Liang defeated.
4’48”03:  Fourth weapon discovered.
4’50”58:  300 KOs.
9’13”10:  Stage completed.


-----------
Zhuge Liang
-----------

Weapon:  Peacock Feather
Base Attack:  32
Weight:  Medium
Charge:  18
Fill:  15
Bow:  15
Defense:  18
Musou:  20

Stage:  Battle of Mt. Qi, 231 AD

Requirements:  Within 5 minutes, complete the retreat.

Weapon Location:  Eastern side of the center clearing.

My Method:  Your first goal is to lure out Dai Ling.  The hardest part about 
this is all the peons around him.  They tend to make things difficult.  Try 
not to stay too close to Dai Ling, but if you get too far, he will stop 
pursuing.  Try to get Dai Ling to reach the central area within two minutes.  
Now, you should go help out Wei Yan.  Normally, it’s Xiahou Ba that doesn’t 
start moving again fast enough.  Assist Wei Yan’s retreat by luring out 
Xiahou Ba the same way you did Dai Ling.  Jiang Wei should get Fei Yao to 
resume on his own.  Once Xiahou Ba and Fei Yao get lured out far enough, 
Jiang Wei and Wei Yan will begin their retreats.  It should take them a 
minute or so to fully retreat, so if they both haven’t started to retreat by 
around 3 minutes and 30 seconds, odds are, they won’t have enough time to 
complete the retreat.  Once both Wei Yan and Jiang Wei have retreated, your 
weapon will appear.  Don’t get your weapon just yet, as you have to dodge 
Task Leaders and avoid being spotted.  Well, you don’t have to, but it does 
make the stage easier.  Either way, get your weapon when you head towards the 
center area to defeat Dai Ling.  After you get your weapon, complete the 
stage as normal.

Time Log:

0’00”39:  Shu Forces have begun to pull back.
0’19”01:  Dai Ling’s unit begins pursuit.
1’05”28:  Zhuge Liang’s unit begins retreat.
1’35”85:  Fei Yao’s unit stopped pursuit.
1’41”31:  Xiahou Ba’s unit stopped pursuit.
2’02”05:  Dai Ling’s unit holds up.
2’58”50:  Wei Yan’s unit begins retreat.
3’31”30:  Jiang Wei’s unit begins retreat.
4’18”21:  Wei Yan’s unit headed towards eastern foot of the mountain.
4’45”41:  Jiang Wei’s unit headed towards the western foot of the mountain.
4’52”21:  Shu Forces prepared for a counterattack.
4’54”76:  Fourth weapon discovered.
14’45”13:  Stage completed.


-------
Liu Bei
-------

Weapon:  Gold Moon Dragon
Base Attack:  34
Weight:  Medium
Luck:  20
Horse:  15
Speed:  18
Defense:  18
Musou:  15

Stage:  Rescue at Lou Sang Village, 184 AD

Requirements:  Within 5 minutes, save all three villages and defeat Zhang
   Liang.  No villages can be in danger of being destroyed.

Location:  Inside the southeast village, near the northern most house in the
   village.

My Method:

Your starting point is the southeast village.  There, Yan Zheng and Zhang Man 
Cheng are attacking that village.  Defeat them both to save the first 
village.  Now, head north to the northeast village.  This is where Zhang Fei 
is fighting off the Yellow Turbans.  The two enemy generals in this area are 
Guan Hai and Cheng Yuanzhi.  When they are both defeated, the second village 
is rescued.  Now, go towards the southwest.  When you hit the middle of the 
map, you will get ambushed by Zhang Liang and his phantom soldiers.  Defeat 
Zhang Liang quickly.  You can defeat Deng Mao here if you want, but you don’t 
have to.  Continue heading southwest towards the last village.  Bo Zhang and 
Gao Sheng are in this area.  Defeat them and the third village is saved.  If, 
at any time, you see a message stating that a village is about to be 
destroyed, the weapon will be lost.  If you did everything correctly, you 
should receive two valuable item messages.  The first one should appear in 
the southeast village and should be your weapon.  The second one should be at 
the center of the map and is the Hex Mark Saddle.  Grab your weapon, defeat 
Zhang Bao, and then finish off the Yellow Turbans by defeating Zhang Jiao.

Time Log:

0’25”70:  Yan Zheng defeated.
0’46”65:  The Yellow Turbans leave the village in the southeast.
0’55”30:  Zhang Man Cheng defeated.
1’34”85:  Cheng Yuanzhi defeated.
1’58”20:  The Yellow Turbans leave the village in the northeast.
2’15”60:  Zhang Bao and Zhang Liang appeared.
2’25”93:  Guan Hai defeated.
2’41”03:  Deng Mao defeated.
2’51”23:  Zhang Liang defeated.
3’16”26:  Bo Zhang defeated.
3’26”36:  The Yellow Turbans leave the village in the southwest.
3’34”50:  Fourth weapon discovered.
3’39”60:  Gao Sheng defeated.
7’03”23:  Stage completed.


-------
Ma Chao
-------

Weapon:  Stallion Fury
Base Attack:  38
Weight:  Medium
Horse:  20
Speed:  15
Defense:  16
Attack:  17
Life:  15

Stage:  Battle of Ji Castle, 213 AD

Requirements:  Within 3 minutes, defeat Jiang Xu, Liang Kuan, Zhao Ang, Zhu 
Ling, Yang Fu, and Du Xi, and then enter Ji castle.

Location:  Northwest corner of the map, near where Xiahou Yuan appears, close
   to the northwest checkpoint.

My Method:

This weapon is almost impossible to get.  You have to defeat three 
electrified generic generals, three regular generic generals, and then enter 
the castle, all within 3 minutes.  The generals are spread out the entire 
map, so it’s not like they are all in one area.  Okay, you will need four 
things before you even start to get the weapon.  The first item you will need 
is the Red Hare Saddle.  The Shadow Saddle is too slow for this weapon.  The 
second item you will need is a level 20 Horned Helmet.  The third item you 
will need is Ma Chao’s third weapon with a really high Horse stat, preferably 
level 20.  You want enough Horse attack to be able to kill a general using 
four to six regular hits and then a full musou attack.  The final thing you 
will need is patience, because odds are, you will be replaying this stage 
over and over again.

The trick to this stage is to defeat the electrified generals as fast as 
possible.  If you can defeat them within 1 minute to 1 minute and 15 seconds, 
odds are, you can get the weapon.  Now, you may be asking yourself, how 
exactly would you defeat three electrified generals within 1 minute?  The 
answer is simple:  Defeat them while they are not electrified.  They do not 
start off the stage electrified.  They only become that way after saying some 
one liner to Ma Chao.  The trick is to use the game’s message delay issues to 
your advantage.  As soon as the stage starts, head to Jiang Xu.  Defeat him 
as quickly as possible.  If your Horse stat is high enough, you should be 
able to defeat him in five horse attacks and then your horse musou.  Once 
Jiang Xu is defeated, go towards Liang Kuan, but do not approach him yet.  
Get as close to him as possible without him noticing you.  You will want to 
wait for Yang Fu to say something to Pang De.  As soon as this happens, run 
to Liang Kuan and do the same thing you did with Jiang Xu, dealing as much 
damage as possible while Pang De is retorting to Yang Fu.  Hopefully, you 
will be able to defeat Liang Kuan without him going all electric on you.  At 
the worst, you should be able to deal enough damage to make him an easy kill.  
Also, another thing that will hopefully happen is that a peon will drop an 
Attack x 2 ax.  Normally, there is one person around Liang Kuan that will 
drop the double attack ax, so if there is one, pick it up.  Quickly go to the 
gates of Ji Castle, where Zhao Ang is.  By this time, there should be some 
message delay from your kill on Liang Kuan, so repeat the process of 
attacking five times and then unleashing a horse musou.  Hopefully, with the 
combination of a double attack and the message delay, you will be able to 
defeat Zhao Ang and open of Ji Castle at the same time with no issues.  If 
you can defeat Jiang Xu, Liang Kuan, Zhao Ang, and the gate captain in front 
of Ji Castle within 1 minute and 15 seconds, you should be able to get the 
weapon.  Now, don’t enter the castle just yet.  You will need to defeat three 
more generals.  Then ext target should be Zhu Ling.  He won’t power up, so he 
should be an easy kill.  Once he is defeated, head south to Yang Fu.  If you 
are too slow, Pang De will kill Yang Fu.  However, if Pang De has defeated 
Yang Fu, odds were, you wouldn’t have gotten the weapon anyways because of 
the time limit.  Yang Fu should be fighting Pang De, so defeat him while he 
is distracted.  Now, continue to go west and then north.  Du Xi should be the 
final general on the map that is required for the weapon.  Defeat him quickly 
and then race to Ji Castle.  If you have done everything fast enough, you 
will get your weapon as soon as you enter the castle.  Now, get your weapon 
and then defeat all the other Wei generals at your leisure.  Congratulations, 
you just obtained the hardest weapon in DW5:XL (in my opinion, of course).

Time Log:

0’22’93:  Jiang Xu defeated.
0’51”91:  Ji Castle’s outer gates have opened.
1’27”35:  Liang Kuan defeated.
1’53”78:  Zhao Ang defeated.
2’06”53:  Zhu Ling defeated.
2’27”36:  Yang Fu defeated.
2’38”85:  Du Xi defeated.
2’46”50:  Fourth weapon discovered.
6’32”81:  Stage completed.


-----------
Huang Zhong
-----------

Weapon:  Oracle Sword
Base Attack:  36
Weight:  Light
Fill:  18
Horse:  15
Bow:  20
Defense:  15
Musou:  15

Stage:  Battle of Han Shui, 219 AD

Requirements:  Within 6 minutes, pass through the northern bridge without
   being spotted.

Location:  North of the southern bridge leading into the Wei main camp.

My Method:

The real requirement is to cause Cao Cao to charge the Shu Main Camp within 6 
minutes, so you need to get to the bridge within 5 minutes and 45 seconds, as 
Cao Cao does some talking in between you reaching the bridge and him charging 
your camp.  First, you might want to equip a Huang’s Bow for this stage.  
This way, your arrows are more powerful, allowing you to kill Defense 
Captains in one hit.  Now, you need to make your way to the enemy camp within 
6 minutes and without being spotted by a Defense Captain.  This is not a lot 
of time, so you will need to be quick in killing people.  Your performance in 
sniping people will affect Zhao Yun’s defense of the main gate, so you need 
to be quick anyways.  If a Defense Captain says he swore he saw something, 
the weapon is lost.  You will probably want to have a horse with you and just 
jump off of your horse every time you want to snipe a Defense Captain.

When the stage starts, head straight until the Defense Captain comes into 
view.  Get off of your horse and snipe the first Defense Captain.  This is 
the only Defense Captain that doesn’t move.  The rest will patrol in a 
certain pattern.  Snipe them when they reach one of their two stopping 
points.  Get back on your horse and go to the corner.  Snipe the second 
Defense Captain from around the corner.  You will want to snipe the third 
Defense Captain from the ledge that you are currently on instead of turning 
the corner.  Get back on your horse and break open the box at the corner.  
This will give you more arrows to use to snipe people with.  From the box of 
arrows, move forward a little until the fourth Defense Captain comes into 
view.  Kill him and make your way forward on this path.  The fifth Defense 
Captain will be patrolling near the checkpoint, so stop well behind the 
checkpoint to snipe him.  There is a box of arrows at the checkpoint, so grab 
them.  The sixth defense captain patrols in a diagonal pattern, so you will 
not want to approach too far past the checkpoint.  He is in front of the 
square area.  Once you have sniped him, the seventh Defense Captain patrols 
inside the square area, also in a diagonal pattern.  This is the hardest 
Defense Captain in my mind to get a good position on.  Once you have killed 
him, move to the center of the square.  The eighth Defense Captain is 
patrolling south of the square.  Once he is dead, there is a box of arrows 
south of the square.  Grab them and make your way towards the next Defense 
Captain.  The ninth Defense Captain is patrolling in a diagonal pattern on 
the next path.  He is the first Defense Captain that has short stops.  Try to 
line him up so that when he stops at his furthest point away from you, he is 
walking towards you when he turns around.  That way, he walks into your 
arrow.  The tenth Defense Captain will also have very short stops, so you 
will need to get close enough to him to cut down the distance, but still be 
far enough as to where he cannot detect you.  The eleventh Defense Captain 
has a little bit longer stops, so he is easier to snipe.  The twelfth and 
final Defense Captain is near the bridge.  He moves very fast, so it may take 
a while to get him.  You will need to shoot at one of his stopping points 
before he actually reaches there.  Once you have killed the last guard, make 
your way towards the bridge.  You will get a cut scene where Huang Zhong puts 
some moves on some soldiers.  After this, Cao Cao will do some talking and 
then you will get a message stating that Cao Cao is charging the Shu Main 
Camp.  This is when your weapon will appear.  After this, claim your weapon 
and complete the stage.

Time Log:

0’34”56:  Yan Yan, Huang Zhong’s follow-up unit, has begun its advance.
1’03”70:  Zhao Yun’s unit’s morale rises.
1’16”98:  Zhao Yun’s unit morale rises.
5’33”83:  The Wei Main Camp is in disorder after Huang Zhong’s ambush.
5’42”91:  Cao Cao’s unit is charging toward the Shu Main Camp.
5’45”46:  Fourth weapon discovered.
9’47”43:  Stage completed.


---------
Jiang Wei
---------

Weapon:  Blink
Base Attack:  36
Weight:  Medium
Luck:  15
Speed:  15
Attack:  16
Musou:  18
Life:  17

Stage:  Battle of Mt. Qi, 231 AD

Requirements:  Stop Wei Yan and then defeat Zhang He and Xu Zhu.

Location:  The western side of Wei’s Main Camp, along a fence.

My Method:

As soon as the stage starts, go straight to Wei Yan.  Don’t worry about 
luring out your general just quite yet.  Making your way to Wei Yan will make 
him disobey Zhuge Liang’s orders of retreat.  Reach Wei Yan to make him obey 
Zhuge Liang’s orders.  Now, head back to the general you need to lure out, 
which is Fei Yao.  To lure him out, you will need to get him to follow you.  
The best way to do this is to take him off of his horse.  This way, he will 
not retreat as quickly if he loses sight of you.  Once Fei Yao is lured out 
to the clearing, help out any other officers that are still busy luring out 
their officers.  Once all three of the Shu armies are retreating or have 
retreated, make your way to the southwest.  Here, you will need to stay until 
Wei sends out Task Leaders to scout your camp.  To avoid the Task Leaders, 
stay halfway up the western path until you start to see that Task Leader on 
the path gets close to you.  Make your way back to the southwest.  You should 
have a path to get to the middle path.  Hide halfway up that path until you 
have a clear path to go back to the western path.  Go halfway back up the 
western path again until the Shu ambush happens.  When that happens, head 
back to where Fei Yao is.  Defeat him and his sub general, Guo Huai.  Now, go 
to the center of the map.  Zhang He should be starting his attack on the 
center.  Defeat him and Dai Ling, who should also be there.  Sima Yi should 
begin his all out assault.  Now, help out Wei Yan in defeating Xiahou Ba 
while waiting for Xu Zhu.  Once Xu Zhu shows up, quickly hunt him down and 
defeat him.  The weapon should appear near your area, so grab it and then 
defeat Sima Yi to finish the stage.

Time Log:

0’27”23:  Wei Yan ignored Zhuge Liang’s orders.
1’07”23:  Wei Yan appears to be following Zhuge Liang’s orders.
2’11”46:  Jiang Wei’s unit begun retreat.
3’14”66:  Zhuge Liang’s unit begun retreat.
4’19”90:  Wei Yan’s unit begun retreat.
5’53”55:  Shu Forces are preparing for a counterattack.
6’16”75:  Wei task units are approaching the southwest.
8’00”01:  Shu ambush troops appear.
9’04”35:  Zhang He’s unit is heading toward the summit.
9’27”55:  Fei Yao defeated.
10’04”41:  Dai Ling defeated.
10’43”03:  Zhang He defeated.
12’08”56:  Secured Wei Main Camp.
13’31”10:  Fourth weapon discovered.
13’33”65:  Xu Zhu defeated.
16’29”37:  Stage completed.


-------
Wei Yan
-------

Weapon:  Comet Strike
Base Attack:  36
Weight:  Medium
Charge:  16
Luck:  15
Defense:  16
Attack:  18
Musou:  15

Stage:  Battle of Jia Meng Gate, 214 AD

Requirements:  Within 6 minutes, defeat Zhang Wei before meeting Ma Chao and
   then get Ma Chao to defect.

Location:  The center area of the map, almost the exact center of the entire
   map, near a tree in the middle of the path there.

My Method:

I am not 100% sure on the time requirements.  I did everything within six 
minutes and got the weapon.  You need to be fast about getting Ma Chao to 
defect, as there are quite a few steps involved in this process.  Before you 
can even get to that, you need to defeat Zhang Wei first.  As soon as you 
head up the path to Zhang Wei, he will begin to throw boulders at you.  
Ignore the boulders and head to Zhang Wei’s sub general, Yan Pu.  You can 
defeat him if you want, but if you’re not sure about the time restraint, you 
can run past him.  Once Zhang Wei is defeated, make your way quickly to Ma 
Chao.  You will need to defeat him quickly.  He does heal himself once and 
double up his defense, so he will take some time to defeat.  Once he is 
defeated, Zhang Lu will chastise Ma Chao.  Now, quickly run to the southeast.  
Ma Chao will reappear on the map, but ignore him for now.  You need to 
decrease Zhang Lu’s faith in him some more.  You need to seal off both 
checkpoints in the southeast and defeat Ma Dai.  This will lower Zhang Lu’s 
faith in Ma Chao enough to get him to defect to your side when he is defeated 
the next time.  Run back to Ma Chao and face off with him again.  He will 
pull the same heal and defense double crap again, so be prepared for that.  
Once Ma Chao is defeated the second time, there will be a cut scene of him 
defecting to Shu.  Your weapon will appear if you did everything fast enough.  
Grab your weapon, as it should be close to the area you fought Ma Chao.  Now, 
it’s time to show Zhang Lu what a mistake it was to give up on Ma Chao.  
Charge with Ma Chao at Zhang Lu and defeat him to end the stage.

Time Log:

0’46”91:  Yan Pu defeated.
1’15”00:  Zhang Wei defeated.
2’45”41:  Ma Chao defeated.
2’51”95:  Zhang Lu’s faith in Ma Chao decreased greatly.
3’23”95:  Ma Chao reappeared.
3’45”21:  Cut off first Entry Point.
3’52”96:  Cut off second Entry Point.
4’09”90:  Ma Dai defeated.
4’18”53:  Zhang Lu’s faith in Ma Chao decreased.
4’31”46:  Zhang Lu’s faith in Ma Chao decreased.
5’28”18:  Ma Chao defeated.
5’47”51:  Fourth weapon discovered.
11’04”20:  Stage completed.


---------
Pang Tong
---------

Weapon:  Tornado Staff
Base Attack:  32
Weight:  Medium
Fill:  18
Luck:  15
Bow:  16
Defense:  17
Life:  15

Scenario:  Struggle for the Book, 183 AD

Requirements:  Within 7 minutes and 30 seconds, reach Master Lao and his
   final trial.

Weapon Location:  Southeast corner of the inner most part of the castle.

My Method:  The requirements for this weapon are deceptive.  The requirements 
are really to get the game to acknowledge that you have reached Master Lao 
within 7 minutes and 30 seconds.  The thing is, there are a lot of events 
that normally have to cycle through before the game acknowledges that you 
have reached the final trial.  Normally, you will be standing around for Lu 
Bu to show up for about a minute and a half, so you really have to get to 
Master Lao within 6 minutes.  If you will see from the time log, the gate was 
opened before 6 minutes had elapsed, but the generals defeated in order for 
the gate to be opened weren’t acknowledged by the battle log until a minute 
has passed.  There is a lot of talking between Master Lao, Zhang Jiao, and 
Zuo Ci.  They just refuse to shut up.  Either way, you really need to get to 
Master Lao within 6 minutes and then just avoid whirlwinds for a minute and a 
half.

First, destroy the enemy troops in the southwest section of the map.  They 
are all easy foot soldiers and Pang Tong’s musou can normally defeat them 
really fast.  Once they are all defeated, keep heading north.  You should 
have a Red Hare Saddle, since it will make passing the wind tunnel part of 
the map really easy.  Keep going and don’t stop riding until you reach the 
western gate of the castle.  Defeat the phantom Master Lao (ignore the 
Lieutenants) to open the gate.  Inside the gate, you will need to quickly 
dispose of Sun Jian, Cao Cao, and Liu Bei.  The phantom soldier should be the 
only major annoyance, but try your best to defeat these three quickly.  Abuse 
Pang Tong’s musou as much as possible.  Once the three leaders are defeated, 
the inner castle gates will open, allowing you to reach the next section of 
the map.  Here, Master Lao will summon a phantom Zhang Jiao and a phantom Zuo 
Ci to do battle with you.  Defeat them as quickly as possible because you 
will soon have to face two more phantoms and 4 on 1 are not very good odds.  
After Master Lao throws a rockslide at you, he will summon two phantom Pang 
Tongs.  Defeat the four phantoms and the inner central gate will open.  You 
should enter the inner most part of the castle and get next to Master Lao 
within 6 minutes.  If you don’t, you might not register reaching Master Lao 
within the 7 minutes and 30 second timeframe.  Once Master Lao acknowledges 
your presence and throws Lu Bu at you, the weapon will appear.  Claim your 
prize and defeat Lu Bu to finish the map.

Time Log:

0’18”53:  Destroyed the enemy troops in the southwest.
0’55”45:  Winds along the western path have been stopped.
1’24”30:  The outer West Gate opened.
2’53”86:  Defeated Sun Jian.
3’33”61:  Defeated Cao Cao.
4’42”98:  Defeated Liu Bei.
5’54”90:  The inner Central Gate opened.
6’51”68:  Defeated Zuo Ci.
6’54”23:  Defeated Pang Tong.
6’56”78:  Defeated Pang Tong.
6’59”33:  Defeated Zhang Jiao.
7’21”90:  Reached Master Lao.
7’43”01:  Fourth weapon discovered.
8’48”58:  Stage completed.


--------
Yue Ying
--------

Weapon:  Oblivion
Base Attack:  36
Weight:  Medium
Charge:  15
Horse:  15
Bow:  16
Defense:  17
Life:  16

Stage:  Husbands and Wives, 200 AD

Requirements:  After Cao Pi and Zhen Ji becomes your enemy, defeat Cao Pi and
   Zhen Ji within 2 minutes and 30 seconds.

Location:  Northeast corner of the north castle.

My Method:

When the stage starts, Zhen Ji and Yue Ying will start talking about how 
their husband is the greatest.  After this, Zuo Ci sends out troops to attack 
you and everyone else.  Zhuge Liang decides that it’s best to run away and 
take a different rout.  Well, Zuo Ci isn’t really impressed with that and 
sends out more troops to attack you on that path as well.  Finally, Zhuge 
Liang will begin to fight.  Fight your way to the north castle.  Try to get 
as many kills as possible, as you power up your husband after every 50 KOs.  
This will make fighting the other couples, especially Zhen Ji and Cao Pi, 
easier.  Once when you enter the north castle, you will start the first 
trial.  Zuo Ci will send a phantom Zuo Ci after you.  Defeat him and complete 
the first trial.  Now, Zhen Ji and Cao Pi should be either inside the castle 
or close to the castle.  If they are still doing their trial, they will need 
to clear their trial before they will turn into your enemy.  You can help 
them out with their trial to speed up the process.  Once you get close to 
Zhen Ji and Cao Pi and they are not busy with a trial, there will be a cut 
scene where there will be a lot of insults thrown.  They will then turn into 
your enemies.  You will now have 2 minutes and 30 seconds to defeat them 
both.  Weaken Zhen Ji a little, but make sure you defeat Cao Pi first.  If 
you defeat Zhen Ji first, Cao Pi will run away and might escape before you 
can defeat him.  Defeating Cao Pi first will cause Zhen Ji to become more 
powerful, but if you weakened her first before defeating Cao Pi, she should 
be easier to defeat.  Once they are defeated, your weapon will appear.  Now, 
defeat the other two couples, pass the next two trials, and obtain the 
Imperial Seal to prove that you are the strongest couple in the Three 
Kingdoms.

Time Log:

0’30”35:  Enemy troops have appeared.
0’38”28:  Zhuge Liang falls back.
1’03”96:  Enemy troops have appeared.
2’13”91:  50 KOs.
2’26”35:  Zhuge Liang has grown stronger.
3’36”65:  100 KOs.
3’47”98:  Zhuge Liang has grown stronger.
5’29”46:  150 KOs.
5’32”01:  Zuo Ci defeated.
5’43”66:  Zhuge Liang has grown stronger.
5’54”01:  First trial cleared.
6’46”63:  A fight as started with Zhen Ji and Cao Pi
6’49”18:  Defeat Zhen Ji and Cao Pi.
7’39”45:  Cao Pi defeated.
7’55”40:  Zhen Ji defeated.
8’02”10:  Zhen Ji and Cao Pi fall back.
8’04”65:  Fourth weapon discovered.
16’19”46:  Stage completed.


---------
Guan Ping
---------

Weapon:  Young Dragon
Base Attack:  36
Weight:  Light
Charge:  16
Luck:  15
Bow:  15
Attack:  17
Life:  15

Stage:  Battle of Mai Castle, 219 AD

Requirements:  Within 7 minutes and 30 seconds, defeat Pan Zhang, Ma Zhong,
   and Lu Xun.

Location:  On the northeastern path, near where Pan Zhang ambushes you.

My Method:

You first task is to defend Mai Castle from anyone and everyone who is trying 
to kill Guan Yu.  First, defeat Niu Jin on the eastern side of the castle.  
Then, head to the southern side of the castle where Man Chong is.  Defeat him 
and go to the western side of the castle.  Defeat Zhu Ling that is there.  By 
this time, Lu Meng will order more soldiers to attack your castle, giving you 
even more fun.  The main attack from Wu and Wei will be at the southern gate 
of the castle.  Position yourself there and run through the opposition 
soldiers.  Jiang Qin should be the first general you will see at this gate.  
Defeat him and stay at the gate.  Don’t go too far south.  Otherwise, Cao Ren 
will appear as reinforcements and you will lose the chance to get your 
weapon.  The next general to attack the south gate will be Zhu Ran.  Once he 
is defeated, Xu Sheng should normally come to the south gate.  Sometimes, he 
will go to Guan Yu through the east gate.  Either way, he should be the next 
kill.  Then, defeat Cheng Pu at the west gate.  Finally, defeat Xu Huang, who 
will either be at the south gate or will shortly come to the south gate.  If 
you are short on time, you can ignore Xu Huang.  However, defeating him will 
keep Guan Yu from being in any trouble whatsoever.  Now, Mai Castle should be 
completely defended for the most part.  You can start getting your 
reinforcements to show up.  Take the eastern path to the eastern checkpoints.  
You will get ambushed by Pan Zhang on the northeastern path.  Once Pan Zhang 
defeated, head towards the eastern checkpoint.  Here, Ma Zhong will ambush 
you.  Defeat him and the checkpoint here and head south, ignoring the supply 
base.  When you get near the southeastern checkpoint, Lu Xun will ambush you.  
Defeat him and the weapon will appear, if you did everything within the time 
constraints.  Now, occupy both southeastern checkpoints, head north and get 
your weapon, and finish the stage as normal.

Time Log:

0’26”41:  Niu Jin defeated.
0’49”28:  Man Chong defeated.
1’28”18:  Zhu Ling defeated.
2’24”98:  Jiang Qin defeated.
2’56”86:  Zhu Ran defeated.
3’16”25:  Xu Sheng defeated.
4’01”45:  Cheng Pu defeated.
4’04”00:  Xu Huang defeated.
4’52”93:  Pan Zhang defeated.
5’15”81:  Checkpoint occupied.
5’40”05:  Ma Zhong defeated.
6’28”75:  Fourth weapon discovered
6’31”30:  Lu Xun defeated.
13’00”08:  Stage completed.


--------
Xing Cai
--------

Weapon:  Ambition
Base Attack:  34
Weight:  Medium
Horse:  15
Speed:  16
Defense:  17
Musou:  17
Life:  15

Stage:  Battle of Mai Castle, 219 AD

Requirements:  Defeat Cao Ren within 1 minute and 30 seconds of his arrival.

Location:  South of the southeastern supply base.

My Method:  You will probably need the Red Hare Saddle for this weapon.  You 
start off in the southeast.  First, attack the supply base in front of you.  
Lu Xun will eventually ambush your troops.  Once you have taken out the 
supply base, you can defeat Lu Xun.  Occupy the checkpoint in the area and 
then head north towards the next supply base.  Take that supply base.  Now, 
you will get attacked by some of Cao Ren’s sub generals.  Defeating them will 
lower the morale of Cao Ren, which is a plus.  There should be two in the 
area.  They are Sun Li and Jiang Ji.  Defeat them and move on to the 
checkpoint.  Occupy that and continue to head north and then west towards 
Guan Ping.  There should be two generals here attacking him, Xu Sheng and Pan 
Zhang.  Defeat them both if you have time.  Sometimes, Guan Yu will talk so 
much that he will give you time to defeat them.  Now, Cao Ren should appear 
where you started off when you get too far north and west.  You need to 
defeat him within 1 minutes and 30 seconds from this point, so you need to 
track him down quickly.  Defeat Cao Ren as quick as possible.  His little 
immunity to interruption while he attacks is annoying, but if you have a 
musou token handy, it should make quick work of him.  If you defeated him 
within the time limit, the weapon will appear.  Grab your weapon, save Guan 
Yu, and defeat Lu Meng to finish the stage.

Time Log:

0’26”28:  Supply base falls.
0’49”33:  Lu Xun defeated.
1’27”60:  Checkpoint occupied.
1’56”03:  Supply base falls.
2’23”71:  Sun Li defeated.
3’02”36:  Jiang Ji defeated.
3’24”88:  Ma Zhong defeated.
3’31”28:  Checkpoint occupied.
4’41”60:  Cao Ren’s unit arrives.
4’49”25:  Xu Sheng defeated.
4’51”80:  Pan Zhang defeated.
5’46”35:  Fourth weapon discovered.
5’48”90:  Cao Ren defeated.
12’46”00:  Stage completed.


                #######
---------------------#-------------------------------------------------------
  DW5:XL            #
  FAQ/Walkthrough  #  10b. Wei Fourth Weapons
  5XLFWWEI        #
-----------------#-----------------------------------------------------------
                #######


----------
Xiahou Dun
----------

Weapon:  Kirin Fang
Base Attack:  36
Weight:  Medium
Charge:  17
Horse:  16
Defense:  17
Attack:  17
Musou:  16

Stage:  Imperial Rescue, 195 AD

Requirements:  Within 4 minutes, defeat Li Jue, Guo Si, and Zhang Ji.

Location:  Center of the northwest area.

My Method:  I don’t believe this is the best method, but it worked for me.  I 
ignored the normal pathway for Xiahou Dun and just ran straight for Li Jue.  
He was surrounded by his three sub generals, so they had to be taken care of 
first before Li Jue could go down.  The three generals in the area should be 
Hu Che Er, Li Meng, and Zhao Cen.  Defeat everyone quickly.  Li Jue has a lot 
of health and defense, so he should be tough to take down.  I got lucky and 
had a musou token get dropped, so those will help immensely.  Once Li Jue is 
defeated, you will need to defeat some enemies around the carriage.  If you 
don’t, the carriage will be destroyed pretty quickly.  You don’t have to 
defeat everyone, but just enough to keep it from falling apart while you are 
killing the other two generals.  Once the carriage is safe, quickly travel 
along the northern path to the northwest.  There, you will face off with Guo 
Si and Zhang Ji, along with their sub generals.  There are a lot of generals 
in this area also, but just focus on Guo Si and Zhang Ji, since they are the 
only two that are required for the weapon.  The rest shouldn’t be much of a 
problem.  Once all three required generals are defeated within four minutes, 
the weapon will appear.  This is very hard, as you have to travel a lot of 
distance within a short amount of time.  Also, there are a lot of sub 
generals in each area to distract you.  Try your best to kill quickly.  Once 
you claim your prize, head back to the carriage and protect it as much as 
possible, as it should be severely weakened by the lack of protection you 
were giving it.  Protect the carriage and complete the stage as normal.

Time Log:

0’39”58:  Li Jue is interfering with Xiahou Dun.
2’03”45:  Li Meng defeated.
2’06”00:  Zhao Cen defeated.
2’08”55:  Hu Che Er defeated.
2’11”10:  Li Jue defeated.
2’33”48:  Guo Si has begun pursuit to take back the Emperor.
2’39”73:  Zhang Ji has begun pursuit to take back the Emperor.
3’25”46:  Guo Si defeated.
3’44”35:  Fourth weapon discovered.
3’59”86:  Zhang Ji defeated.
11’07”26:  Stage completed.


--------
Dian Wei
--------

Weapon:  Mad Bull
Base Attack:  38
Weight:  Light
Charge:  15
Fill:  15
Attack:  18
Musou:   17
Life:   17

Stage:  Imperial Rescue, 195 AD

Requirements:  Defeat Yuan Shao within 1 minute of encountering him.

Location:  The center area of the map, almost the exact center of the entire
   map, north of a house.

My Method:  You will want to save up a musou token if you get one, as it will 
be important for defeating Yuan Shao quickly.  In order for Yuan Shao to show 
up on the map, a lot of time will have to pass.  You will have to be on the 
stage for almost 12 minutes for Yuan Shao, and then you have to hunt him down 
and then defeat him within one minute of encountering him.  This could be 
hard if you defeat everyone quickly, as the carriage can reach its goal 
without Yuan Shao even showing up on the map.  The best way to delay 
everything is to not go after Li Jue first.  Go after Guo Si first.  This 
way, the carriage will remain with the enemies and can’t be hurt by them, but 
time will pass.  Head towards Guo Si and defeat him and his sub general, Wang 
Fang.  Now, it’s time to intercept Li Jue.  You do not have to defeat him 
quickly.  If his sub generals come close to you, defeat them first.  This 
will give Yuan Shao some time to show up on the stage.  Once you have 
defeated Li Jue, defeat most of the enemies around the carriage.  You can 
leave some there, enough to stall it, but don’t leave too many, as they will 
destroy the carriage.  Now, it’s time to focus on Zhang Ji, who should have 
arrived already.  Defeat his sub generals first, again stalling for time.  
Zhang Ji’s two sub generals are Zhang Xiu and Jia Xu.  Once they are 
defeated, take out Zhang Ji.  You don’t have to defeat him quickly.  Try to 
defeat him just as Lu Bu shows up on the stage.  Now, once Zhang Ji is 
defeated, protect the carriage from anyone around them and then go after Lu 
Bu and his sub generals.  They are hanging out along the western path and in 
the southwest.  Run through Gao Shun and Zhang Liao.  Then, lure out Chen 
Gong and defeat him without going near Lu Bu.  Finally, defeat Lu Bu.  Lu Bu 
will is overpowered and will double his attack when injured.  Once Lu Bu is 
defeated, head back to the carriage and protect it from anyone who may be 
around it.  Now, all you have to do is wait for Yuan Shao.  Yuan Shao will 
appear in the northeast.  The best way to get to Yuan Shao is to wait for him 
to come at you.  This way, you can run through his sub generals and they 
won’t interfere with the battle.  When Yuan Shao shows up, quickly defeat the 
checkpoint that arrives in the middle of the map.  This will prevent any 
troops from getting to the carriage and destroying it.  Now, you will first 
get attacked by Yan Liang.  Defeat him quickly, as Zhang He will quickly 
follow.  Defeat him quickly also.  Finally, Yuan Shao will show up.  Yuan 
Shao is powered up and will double his attack when he is injured.  You have 
one minute from the moment he introduces himself to defeat him.  Remember 
that musou token you were told to save?  Once you have removed him from his 
horse, use that musou token and go off on Yuan Shao.  This should at least 
take off his first life bar.  Now, just keep attacking him until his second 
life bar is all gone.  The Fire element combined with his unstoppable Charge 
5 will really help deplete Yuan Shao’s life quickly.  If you defeat Yuan Shao 
within one minute, you will receive a notice that your weapon has been 
discovered.  Now, all that remains is getting the weapon and waiting for the 
carriage to enter Luo Yang.

Time Log:

0’59”30:  Wang Fang defeated.
1’22”31:  Guo Si defeated.
3’35”31:  Zhang Ji arrived.
3’40”41:  Zhao Cen defeated.
3’56”05:  Li Meng defeated.
4’58”06:  Li Jue defeated.
6’04”08:  Lu Bu arrived.
6’42”83:  Jia Xu defeated.
6’45”38:  Zhang Xiu defeated.
6’58”31:  Zhang Ji defeated.
8’31”50:  Gao Shun defeated.
9’20”75:  Zhang Liao defeated.
9’36”60:  Chen Gong defeated.
10’56”93:  Lu Bu defeated.
12’03”86:  Yuan Shao arrived.
12’22”58:  Checkpoint occupied.
12’51”53:  Yan Liang defeated.
13’20”80:  Zhang He defeated.
13’48”75:  Yuan Shao defeated.
13’53”85:  Fourth weapon discovered.
14’15”66:  Stage completed.


------
Xu Zhu
------

Weapon:  Stone Crusher
Base Attack:  38
Weight:  Light
Fill:  17
Luck:  15
Bow:  19
Defense:  19
Life:  20

Stage:  Imperial Rescue, 195 AD

Requirements:  Defeat Lu Bu within 1 minute of encountering him.

Location:  Southwest area of the map, east of Luo Yang Gate and east of where
   Lu Bu appears.

My Method:

Okay, defeating Lu Bu is no fun.  Defeating Lu Bu within 1 minute is really 
no fun.  Defeating Lu Bu within 1 minute with Xu Zhu is just downright wrong.  
Thanks KOEI.  Okay, to start off the stage, just follow the stage normally.  
You will probably want to defeat all the enemy generals who are currently on 
the map before Lu Bu shows up, just to provide more chance of the carriage 
surviving.  Lu Bu normally arrives after six minutes into the stage.  Also, 
you will want to save up any musou tokens you may find for the battle with Lu 
Bu.  When the stage starts, quickly head to the northwest.  There, you will 
find Guo Si and his sub general, Wang Fang.  Defeat them both and then make 
your way along the northern path.  You will run into Li Jue on this path.  
Defeat him as quickly as possible.  If any of his sub generals try to 
interfere, you can defeat them if you want.  It’s your choice.  Once Li Jue 
is defeated, defeat any enemies that may be around the carriage to prevent it 
from being destroyed.  Zhang Ji will appear now.  Defeat him quickly, along 
with his two sub generals, Zhang Xiu and Jia Xu.  Once all three are 
defeated, Lu Bu should arrive with his little posse.  They are all along the 
western side of the map.  You should defeat each of Lu Bu’s sub generals 
before facing off with Lu Bu to lower his morale.  Lu Bu’s sub generals are 
Gao Shun, Zhang Liao, and Chen Gong.  When you get to Chen Gong, lure him 
away from Lu Bu so that you don’t accidentally encounter Lu Bu too early.  
Once all of Lu Bu’s sub generals are defeated, make your way to Lu Bu.  You 
should save before the fight with Lu Bu, just in case he doesn’t fall within 
one minute.  Lu Bu will be electrified and get a little intro, signifying 
that he’s overpowered.  He will double his attack when injured and go into 
musou rage when near death.  Well, you should have a musou rage of your own, 
so use it.  Just use all of Xu Zhu’s strongest attacks.  If you kill Lu Bu 
within one minute of his introduction, the weapon will appear.  If you didn’t 
kill Lu Bu within one minute, well, you did save, right?  Grab the weapon, 
protect the carriage until it enters Luo Yang Castle, and complete the stage.

Time Log:

0’23”63:  Guo Si is interfering with Xu Zhu.
0’58”61:  Wang Fang defeated.
1’17”50:  Guo Si defeated.
3’01”71:  Li Jue defeated.
3’20”15:  Defend the carriage so it may safely enter Luo Yang Castle.
5’01”40:  Jia Xu defeated.
5’35”96:  Zhang Xiu defeated.
6’24”86:  Zhang Ji defeated.
7’01”21:  Gao Shun defeated.
7’50”23:  Zhang Liao defeated.
8’25”08:  Chen Gong defeated.
9’20”76:  Lu Bu defeated.
9’25”86:  Fourth weapon discovered.
13’09”06:  Stage completed


-------
Cao Cao
-------

Weapon:  Wrath of Heaven
Base Attack:  34
Weight:  Medium
Charge:  17
Horse:  17
Bow:  15
Attack:  17
Life:  17

Stage:  Imperial Rescue, 195 AD

Requirements:  Within 2 minutes, defeat Li Jue and gain control of the
   emperor’s carriage.

Location:  Northeast corner of the map, just a little west of the northeast
   checkpoint.

My Method:

You should equip the Red Hare Saddle for this weapon.  The goal is to get the 
game to recognize that you have taken control of the emperor’s carriage 
before two minutes have elapsed.  As soon as the stage starts, run directly 
north for Li Jue.  Do your best to ignore all sub generals in your way.  Just 
head straight for Li Jue and defeat him as quickly as possible.  Juggling him 
with the Fire Orb will help get past his high health.  Also, any musou tokens 
that are dropped should be immediately used.  Normally, there is an enemy 
that will drop one in this area.  When Li Jue is defeated, Cao Cao will do 
some talking and then the carriage will switch over to your side.  You should 
get the weapon at or around this time.  You do not need to get the game to 
recognize that you have defeated Li Jue in under two minutes.  You just need 
the carriage to be on your side before two minutes.  Once you have the 
emperor in your possession, defeat any enemies surrounding the emperor, grab 
your weapon, protect the carriage along it’s way to Luo Yang, and complete 
the stage.

Time Log:

0’35”15:  The carriage stopped.
1’28”28:  Defend the carriage so it may safely enter Luo Yang Castle.
1’38”55:  Enemy units have appeared in the carriage’s pathway.
1’41”10:  Defeat all enemy units that appear in the carriage’s pathway.
1’43”65:  Fourth weapon discovered.
2’19”65:  Li Jue defeated.
12’15”66:  Stage completed.


-----------
Xiahou Yuan
-----------

Weapon:  Enforcer Rod
Base Attack:  36
Weight:  Medium
Charge:  16
Bow:  19
Attack:  16
Musou:  17
Life:  17

Stage:  Battle of Yang Ping Gate, 215 AD

Requirements:  Within two minutes of their arrivals, defeat Li Yan, Zhao Yun,
   and Zhang Fei.

Location:  On top of the walls of Yang Ping Gate, west of the gate.

My Method:

As soon as the stage starts, make your way directly north.  Li Yan will 
appear as soon as you get too far north.  Defeat him as soon as he arrives.  
He will appear along with his sub general, Lei Tong.  Also in the area will 
be Yang Ang, so you will have three generic generals on you along with a lot 
of soldiers.  Do your best to defeat Li Yan quickly.  Once he and the rest of 
the generals in the area have been defeated, continue to make your way north.  
Zhang Lu will make phantom soldiers appear to annoy Cao Cao, but ignore that 
for now.  Just continue to make your way north along the eastern path.  When 
you reach the attack base along the way, take it and move on.  Eventually, 
Zhao Yun will appear with his sub general, Meng Da.  Defeat Zhao Yun quickly, 
as he is the next required general on your hit list.  Once he is defeated 
quickly, make your way to the northeastern supply base.  When you get too 
close to the supply base, Zhang Fei will appear with his sub general, Zhang 
Bao.  You know the routine by now.  Defeat quickly, ignore sub general if you 
want, everything you’ve done before.  Once Zhang Fei is defeated, if everyone 
has been defeated quickly, your weapon will appear in the enemy main camp.  
Now, make your downhill charge on the main camp, grab your weapon, and 
complete the stage.

Time Log:

0’15”51:  Shu reinforcements have arrived.
0’57”78:  Lei Tong defeated.
1’00”33:  Li Yan defeated.
1’07”98:  Yang Ang defeated.
1’13”18:  Zhang Lu has summoned Wei troops.
1’55”16:  Zhao Yun’s unit has arrived.
2’38”75:  Meng Da defeated.
2’41”30:  Zhao Yun defeated.
2’49”06:  Zhang Fei’s unit has arrived.
3’32”28:  Fourth weapon discovered.
4’14”31:  Zhang Bao defeated.
4’16”86:  Zhang Fei defeated.
7’50”68:  Stage completed.


----------
Zhang Liao
----------

Weapon:  Gold Wyvern
Base Attack:  36
Weight:  Medium
Fill:  15
Luck:  15
Horse:  18
Attack:  17
Life:  17

Stage:  Battle of Yan Province, 194 AD

Requirements:  Within 5 minutes, open the three gates of Pu Yang Castle and
   get Chen Gong to defect.

Location:  Along the castle walls, east of the North Gate.

My Method:  You will definitely need the Red Hare Saddle for this weapon.  
You start off on the western path of the map.  You will need to quickly get 
to the castle.  First, you should take out the attack base along your path.  
Now, head towards the next attack base.  Yu Jin should be inside this base, 
so take the base along with Yu Jin’s head.  Now, head south and take out the 
checkpoint there.  Now, it’s time to take out the guards of the three gates.  
The first one that needs to fall is Li Dian, who is at the West Gate.  Defeat 
him quickly.  Now, move onto the North Gate.  Man Chong is there trying to 
act like he knows how to fight.  Quickly defeat him and then head to the last 
gate.  Yue Jin is guarding the last gate.  Defeat him quickly and then occupy 
the checkpoint next to the East Gate.  Now, you will need to lead your forces 
around Pu Yang Castle.  The best way to do this is to defeat any enemy forces 
that are around the castle.  That way, your forces will be running to the 
gates instead of fighting the enemies and getting stalled.  There is a lot of 
talking from Chen Gong before he opens the gates and defects, so you will 
need to surround everything with 20 seconds to spare.  Once Chen Gong 
defects, the weapon will appear inside the castle.  Claim your weapon and 
finish off Xun Yu to finish the stage.  Who needs Lu Bu anyways?

Time Log:

0’16”10:  Pu Yang Castle gates close.
0’18”65:  Attack base falls.
1’07”01:  Yu Jin defeated.
1’19”46:  Checkpoint occupied.
1’39”01:  Li Dian defeated.
2’16”16:  The West Gate has been surrounded.
2’31”75:  Man Chong defeated.
2’50”90:  Yue Jing defeated.
2’58”55:  Checkpoint occupied.
3’40”90:  The North Gate has been surrounded.
4’36”05:  The East Gate has been surrounded.
4’45”81:  All of Pu Yang Castle’s Gates have opened.
4’48”36:  Chen Gong has left Cao Cao’s Forces.
4’53”46:  Fourth weapon discovered.
5’40”86:  Stage completed.


-------
Sima Yi
-------

Weapon:  Dark Feather
Base Attack:  32
Weight:  Medium
Charge:  15
Fill:  15
Defense:  16
Attack:  15
Musou:  19

Stage:  Battle of Xin Castle, 227 AD

Requirements:  Within 6 minutes and 40 seconds, capture the southwestern,
   southern, and southeastern checkpoints and get 100 KOs.

Location: Southeastern area of the map, beside a fence.

My Method:

Your first objective is to defeat the four generals outside of the castle.  
In the easiest and quickest order to defeat them, they are Shen Dan, Shen Yi, 
Li Fu, and Deng Xian.  They are each pretty easy to defeat.  You should 
defeat them as quickly as possible.  You will probably spend about 2 minutes 
defeating each of these generals.  Once this happens, Meng Da’s soldiers will 
open the gates to his castle.  Don’t go after Meng Da just yet.  You will 
need to the southeast.  Once Li Yan appears as reinforcements for Meng Da, 
there will be three checkpoints in the south that appear.  You will now need 
to quickly seal off all three checkpoints.  First, seal off the southeastern 
checkpoints.  Then, head west.  Defeat the gate captain outside the defense 
base, but do not capture the base.  Ignore it for more.  Close off the 
southern checkpoint and then head west.  Finally, seal off the southwestern 
checkpoint.  By this time, you should have at least 50 kills.  You should be 
able to head east and pick off enemy soldiers that were hanging around the 
gates for the rest of your kills.  If not, head over to Li Yan’s unit.  He 
will have some soldiers around him.  Once you have obtained 100 kills, the 
weapon will appear, provided that you did everything within the time frame.  
Once you have your weapon, defeat Li Yan and then capture Xin Castle by 
defeating Meng Da.

Time Log:

0’50”66:  Shen Dan defeated.
1’37”16:  Shen Yi defeated.
2’12”90:  Li Fu defeated.
2’41”95:  Deng Xian defeated.
3’05”80:  Li Yan’s unit arrived.
3’40”81:  Checkpoint occupied.
3’43”36:  The Southeastern Entry Point has been captured.
3’56”11:  50 KOs.
3’58”66:  Checkpoint occupied.
4’01”21:  The Southern Entry Point has been captured.
4’16”51:  Checkpoint occupied.
4’19”06:  The Southwestern Entry Point has been captured.
4’21”61:  All Shu entry points have been closed.
5’39”68:  Fourth weapon discovered.
5’42”23:  100 KOs.
8’00”88:  Stage completed.


--------
Xu Huang
--------

Weapon:  Marauder
Base Attack:  36
Weight:  Light
Fill:  15
Luck:  15 
Speed:  15
Attack:  17
Life:  18

Stage:  Battle of Xin Castle, 227 AD

Requirements:  Before Li Yan arrives, open the castle gates.  You must get
   credit for the kill on each general outside the castle.

Location:  Center of Xin Castle near a tree.

My Method:

In order to open the castle gates, you will need to kill the four generals 
outside of the castle.  You will need to kill all four generals outside the 
castle gates as fast as possible.  You have around three minutes to defeat 
all four generals.  The quickest order to take them all out would be Deng 
Xian, Li Fu, Shen Yi, and Shen Dan.  Ignore the peons and bases and just go 
after the commanders.  If Li Yan appears before the game recognizes you get 
the fourth kill, the weapon will be lost.  You should be able to kill all 
four generals in around two minutes, so you should have a minute to spare (I 
actually really sucked badly when I was doing the run for the Time Log times, 
but I still had 30 seconds to spare).  When the enemy soldiers are ready to 
open the gates to Xin Castle, the weapon will appear inside the castle.  Get 
your weapon and complete the stage.

Time Log:

0’57”60:  Deng Xian defeated.
1’18”48:  Li Fu defeated.
1’45”38:  Shu’s reinforcements are approaching.
1’58”85:  Shen Yi defeated.
2’38”48:  Fourth weapon discovered.
2’58”61:  Shen Dan defeated.
8’12”21:  Stage completed.


--------
Zhang He
--------

Weapon:  Phoenix Talon
Base Attack:  36
Weight:  Medium
Charge:  15
Fill:  15
Speed:  19
Attack:  16
Musou:  19

Stage:  Battle of Yang Ping Gate, 215 AD

Requirements:  Within 5 minutes, defeat Yang Ren, Yang Song, and Zhang Wei.

Location:  South of Yang Ren and Yang Ping Gate

My Method:

As soon as the stage starts, run towards the eastern path and make your way 
towards the second level.  On the second level, there are three generals 
there.  One of them is who you are required to kill, which is Yang Song.  
Another general is his sub general, Yang Bo.  The final general there is 
Zhang Lu, who will summon phantom Wei soldiers to distract your forces.  I 
normally defeat all three generals on this level, but if think you will be 
pressed for time later on, you can just defeat Yang Song and Zhang Lu.  Zhang 
Lu will retreat once you get his health low, so you won’t actually be able to 
defeat him.  Once Yang Song is defeated, just head up to the next level 
taking the eastern path.  Normally, you would destroy the statues and raise 
the stairs, but that is too time consuming.  On the eastern path, Zhao Yun 
will ambush you.  Ignore him, as he’s just a distraction.  At the end of the 
path, you will see a cliff.  You will either need to destroy the two statues 
here or you will need to abandon your horse.  Head towards Zhang Wei.  If you 
are fast enough, you will reach him before Zhang Lu tries to perform his 
spell with him.  If not, you will have another general there distracting you.  
Either way, just defeat Zhang Wei and ignore any distractions.  Your final 
target is Yang Ren, who is Zhang Lu’s sub general.  Yang Ren is just north of 
Zhang Wei.  Defeat Yang Ren and the weapon should appear, if you have done 
everything fast enough.  Grab your weapon and complete the stage.

Time Log:

1’26”00:  Yang Bo defeated.
1’48”51:  Zhang Lu disappeared.
2’23”00:  Yang Song defeated.
3’00”48:  The stairs have appeared.
3’30”35:  Zhang Wei defeated.
3’54”61:  Fourth weapon discovered.
3’57”16:  Yang Ren defeated.
9’46”43:  Stage completed.


-------
Zhen Ji
-------

Weapon:  Dark Moon Flute
Base Attack:  32
Weight:  Medium
Fill:  20
Horse:  17
Bow:  18
Defense:  18
Life:  17

Stage:  Husbands and Wives, 200 AD

Requirements:  After Zhuge Liang and Yue Ying become your enemy, defeat Zhuge
   Liang and Yue Ying within 2 minutes and 30 seconds.

Location:  Inside the southwestern castle, near the eastern gate inside the
   castle

My Method:

When the stage starts, you get immediately ambushed by Zuo Ci.  He will then 
send more ambush troops your way.  You will need to defeat these ambush 
troops as you make your way to the north castle, as Cao Pi tends to stop and 
fight enemies that are in his path.  It is also good to get as many kills as 
possible before you face off with Yue Ying and Zhuge Liang, as it will allow 
Cao Pi to become stronger and more able to help with the killing of the other 
couple.  Once you have reached the north castle, you will face off against 
the first trial, which is a phantom Zuo Ci.  Defeat this phantom to pass the 
first trial.  Now, Yue Ying and Zhuge Liang should either be near the north 
castle or inside the north castle.  If they are already inside the north 
castle, they will not turn into an enemy until they have defeated their 
phantom Zuo Ci.  Once you get next to Yue Ying and Zhuge Liang and they are 
not doing a trial, you will see a cut scene where Zhen Ji and Yue Ying throw 
barbs at one another.  From this point on, they will become your enemies and 
you will have 2 minutes and 20 seconds to defeat Yue Ying and Zhuge Liang.  
If you separate the two couples, they are much easier to defeat.  If you 
defeat Zhuge Liang, Yue Ying will go into musou rage.  However, if you defeat 
Yue Ying, Zhuge Liang will run away.  You do need to defeat both generals to 
receive your weapon.  Once the couple from Shu have been defeated, your 
weapon will appear.  It appears in the southwestern castle, so you should 
make that your next stop.  Once you grab your weapon, clear the next two 
trials, defeat the Qiao sisters and their husbands, and claim the seal to 
complete the stage. 

Time Log:

0’30”40:  Enemy troops have appeared.
0’35”85:  Cao Pi has begun his attack.
1’03”98:  Enemy troops have appeared.
1’36”50:  50 KOs.
1’48”66:  Cao Pi has grown stronger.
3’13”86:  100 KOs.
3’24”15:  Cao Pi has grown stronger.
3’34”56:  Zuo Ci defeated.
3’44”91:  First trial cleared.
4’46”33:  A fight as started with Yue Ying and Zhuge Liang.
4’48”88:  Defeat Yue Ying and Zhuge Liang.
4’55”98:  Yue Ying and Zhuge Liang fall back.
4’58”53:  Fourth weapon discovered.
5’01”08:  Zhuge Liang defeated.
5’03”63:  Yue Ying defeated.
15’33”38:  Stage completed.


-------
Cao Ren
-------

Weapon:  Roc
Base Attack:  32
Weight:  Light
Fill:  15
Bow:  15
Defense:  18
Attack:  15
Life:  19

Stage:  Battle of Yang Ping Gate, 215 AD

Requirements:  Within 2 minutes of their arrivals, defeat Zhang Yi, Huang
   Zhong, and Guan Yu.

Location:  On top of the walls of Yang Ping Gate, west of the gate.

My Method:

Each ambush unit in question will appear on the western side of the stage, 
which is a good thing, since that is where you start off at.  As soon as the 
stage starts, make your way north.  Don’t stop for anything, just keep going 
north.  Zhang Yi will appear near the northwest corner.  Just make your way 
towards him and defeat him quickly.  You will need to defeat him fast because 
Huang Zhong appears when you get too far north on the western path.  Huang 
Zhong will appear on a ledge that you cannot jump on.  You will need to lure 
him out to get to him.  If you go all the way to the ledge, this should get 
Huang Zhong to jump off of the ledge and fight you.  Defeat him quickly.  You 
can defeat his sub general, Yan Yan, if you want, but he is not necessary.  
The last general you will need to defeat is Guan Yu.  He will appear behind 
you once you have made some progress in the stage.  Head to the third level 
of the mountain and clear out the area of all generals.  Zhao Yun should have 
arrived and should be hunting you down, so get rid of that nuisance.  Once 
the third tier has been cleared out of generals, break the statues to make 
your way to the second level.  Here, you will find Zhang Lu, who has created 
phantom Wei soldiers to halt your army’s advance.  Attack Zhang Lu and get 
his health down halfway to cause him to retreat and to cause the illusions to 
disappear.  Now, clear out the second level of all enemy generals.  Once all 
generals are gone from the second level, start breaking statues to get to the 
first level.  Pang De will appear at Yang Ping gate, so make your way towards 
him.  Once you get close to Pang De, Guan Yu will appear from behind Cao Cao 
and near where you started at.  Quickly turn around and head towards Guan Yu.  
If you defeat him quickly enough, your weapon will appear in the enemy main 
camp.  You will need to defeat Pang De to get into the camp.  Run back up the 
mountain to Pang De, defeat the overpowered general, grab your weapon, and 
defeat Zhang Lu to complete the stage.

Time Log:
0’17”91:  Shu reinforcements arrived.
0’57”66:  Huang Zhong’s unit arrived.
1’05”31:  Zhang Yi defeated.
1’14”41:  Zhang Lu has summoned Wei troops.
1’57”28:  Yan Yan defeated.
2’06”55:  Zhao Yun’s unit arrived.
2’11”75:  Huang Zhong defeated.
2’23”33:  Strange statues have been discovered.
2’55”71:  Yang Ren defeated.
2’58”86:  Zhang Wei defeated.
3’42”73:  Meng Da defeated.
3’45”28:  Zhao Yun defeated.
4’27”45:  The stairs appeared.
5’32”48:  Zhang Lu has disappeared.
5’35”03:  Zhang Lu has appeared in the enemy main camp.
6’05”11:  Yang Bo defeated.
6’42”03:  Yang Song defeated.
6’55”56:  The stairs appeared.
7’01”93:  Wei’s main army has begun to attack Yang Ping Gate.
7’11”40:  Pang De’s unit appeared.
7’34”60:  Guan Yu’s unit arrived
8’32”60:  Guan Yu defeated.
8’37”70:  Fourth weapon discovered.
11’56”90:  Stage completed.


------
Cao Pi
------

Weapon:  Chaos
Base Attack:  34
Weight:  Medium
Fill:  15
Speed:  19
Defense:  15
Attack:  15
Musou:  19

Stage:  Battle of Xin Castle, 227 AD

Requirements:  Within 1 minute of their arrivals, defeat Li Yan, Wei Yan,
   Zhao Yun, and Ma Chao.

Location:  Inside Xin Castle, next to a house that is close to the center of
   the castle.

My Method:

You will need a saddle for this one, because there really isn’t much time to 
defeat the generals.  When the stage starts, quickly defeat all four generals 
who are outside of the castle.  Those generals are Deng Xian, Li Fu, Shen 
Dan, and Shen Yi.  Once they are all defeated, the gates to Xin Castle will 
open.  Now, just wait for Li Yan to appear.  He will appear in the southwest 
at the three minute mark with a sub general, Jiang Wan.  Ignore the sub 
general and defeat Li Yan quickly.  Now, you will want to make your way to 
the southwest checkpoint.  This is where Wei Yan will appear.  Take the 
southern defense base and make your way to the checkpoint.  When Wei Yan 
appears, defeat him quickly.  Ignore his sub general, Wang Ping.  He will try 
to get involved, but just focus on Wei Yan.  Once Wei Yan is defeated, rush 
over to the southern checkpoint.  Wait for Zhao Yun to arrive.  Again, ignore 
the sub general Zhao Yun brings, which is Jian Yong, and just focus on Zhao 
Yun.  Defeat him as quickly as possible and then make your way to the 
southeastern entry point.  This is where Ma Chao will arrive with his sub 
general, Ma Dai.  Again, ignore the sub general as much as possible and focus 
on the main general.  If you defeat Ma Chao quickly and defeated all the 
other Shu generals quickly, your weapon will appear.  Grab your weapon and 
then defeat Meng Da to complete the stage.

Time Log:

0’40”58:  Shen Dan defeated.
1’23”21:  Shen Yi defeated.
2’06”38:  Li Fu defeated.
2’45”16:  Deng Xian defeated.
3’08”03:  Li Yan’s unit has arrived.
3’52”95:  Li Yan defeated.
4’28”65:  Southern defense base falls.
4’45”75:  Wei Yan’s unit has arrived.
5’20”26:  Checkpoint occupied.
5’22”81:  The Southwestern Entry Point has been captured
5’25”36:  Wei Yan defeated.
6’03”86:  Zhao Yun’s unit has arrived.
6’36”65:  Checkpoint occupied.
6’39”20:  The Southern Entry Point has been captured.
6’41”75:  Zhao Yun defeated.
7’05”30:  Ma Chao’s unit has arrived.
7’33”61:  Ma Dai defeated.
7’36”16:  Fourth weapon discovered.
7’47”80:  Ma Chao defeated.
9’00”76:  Stage completed.


-------
Pang De
-------

Weapon:  Heavenly Halberd
Base Attack:  36
Weight:  Light
Luck:  15
Horse:  17
Defense:  15
Attack:  16
Life:  18

Stage:  Battle of Ji Castle, 213 AD

Requirements:  Within 45 seconds of their arrival, defeat Zhang He and Xiahou
   Yuan. (Maybe the limit is 1 minute, because I went over the 45 second
   limit when defeating Xiahou Yuan)

Location:  Northeast section of the map, west of the northeast checkpoint.

My Method:

Every fourth weapon that was on Ji Castle has been a major pain.  Luckily, 
there was only two.  You are going to have to defeat two overpowered generals 
within 45 minutes of their arrivals.  However, it is possible that you are 
given a minute instead of 45 seconds, because I defeated Xiahou Yuan in over 
45 seconds (I did defeat Zhang He within the 45 seconds, even though the time 
log says otherwise.  There was a lot of talking that prevented the message 
from appearing).  You will want to save up musou tokens until you face these 
two generals.  At least they don’t arrive together.  You will want the Red 
Hare Saddle for this stage.  As soon as the stage starts, make your way east 
towards Yang Fu and the southern attack base.  Defeat Yang Fu and take the 
base.  Now, make your way towards the northeast.  An ambush will appear, but 
you can ignore them.  Make your way towards Zhu Ling and the eastern attack 
base.  Defeat Zhu Ling and capture the attack base.  Now, take the bridge and 
head west.  You do not want to go inside the castle yet because that would 
cause you to lose your horse and you need him.  Assist Ma Chao with as many 
generals as possible until you receive the report that Zhang He is about to 
arrive.  Once you have that report, quickly head towards the northeast.  That 
is where Zhang He will appear.  Defeat him as fast as possible.  If you have 
a musou token, use it.  Once Zhang He is defeated, quickly make your way 
towards the northwest section of the map.  This is where Xiahou Yuan will 
appear.  Once he has appeared, defeat him quickly.  If you managed to pick up 
another musou token, use it.  If you defeated both generals within the time 
limit, your weapon will appear in the northeast.  Grab your weapon, drop in 
on Ji Castle, and take the castle.  This will end the stage.

Time Log:

0’27”21:  Southern attack base falls.
0’48”66:  Ambush troops from Cao Cao’s Forces have appeared.
0’51”21:  Yang Fu defeated.
1’15”25:  Zhu Ling defeated.
1’25”53:  Eastern attack base falls.
2’02”13:  Jiang Xu defeated.
2’54”20:  Du Xi defeated.
3’06”41:  Zhang He’s unit is approaching.
3’28”63:  Zhang He’s unit has appeared.
3’38”41:  Zhang He’s unit is heading towards Pang De.
3’40”96:  Pang De’s unit is ready to engage.
4’05”70:  Xiahou Yuan’s unit is approaching.
4’14”20:  Zhang He defeated.
4’39”61:  Xiahou Yuan’s unit has appeared.
5’29”88:  Fourth weapon discovered.
5’51”21:  Xiahou Yuan defeated.
8’30”68:  Stage completed.


                #######
---------------------#-------------------------------------------------------
  DW5:XL            #
  FAQ/Walkthrough  #  10c. Wu Fourth Weapons
  5XLFWWUF        #
-----------------#-----------------------------------------------------------
                #######


-------
Zhou Yu
-------

Weapon:  Ancients Sword
Base Attack:  34
Weight:  Medium
Charge:  17
Bow:  16
Defense:  15
Attack:  16
Musou:  18

Stage:  The Two Qiaos, 196 AD

Requirements:  Within 1 minute of the tigers appearing, clear the tigers
   without getting noticed by them.

Location:  Inside the central area, in between the path to the northwest area 
and Xiao Qiao’s Gate.

My Method:

You start off by going east.  Ignore the soldiers.  When you pass the first 
gate, it closes behind you and you are faced with your first trial.  Do not 
quickly rush into the middle of the field, as the first trial is to sneak 
past the tigers that are scattered about the field.  The fastest, easiest, 
and best way I’ve found requires the Red Hare Saddle.  First, follow the 
northern edge until you hit the north gate in the area.  After that, quickly 
go southeast towards the house on the other side of the gate.  Stay at the 
back end of the north side of the house until you see the tiger in front of 
you start to run away.  Then, go straight south until you reach the wall.  
Then, follow that wall until you reach the eastern gate.  Wait for the tiger 
in front of you to start moving away from the eastern edge of the wall.  As 
soon as he moves, make your move and just follow the eastern wall and you 
should be clear of the tigers.  It does take patience and luck, as the tigers 
have a very huge radius of detection, but this method has worked for me more 
than once.  And no, I didn’t copy and paste the whole thing from the 
Walkthrough section.  I edited one sentence.  What can I say?  The method 
works.  If you have done everything fast enough, your weapon will appear.  If 
not, try again.  After you have obtained your weapon, defeat Huang Gai, Zhou 
Tai, Zuo Ci, and the two Qiaos to complete the stage.

Time Log:

0’10”41:  The East Gate has closed.
0’17”08:  Tigers have appeared.
0’23”35:  Pass without being noticed by the tigers.
1’12”21:  You have passed by the tigers.
1’21”68:  The tigers are running away.
1’24”23:  Fourth weapon discovered.
7’49”11:  Stage completed.


------
Lu Xun
------

Weapon:  Falcon
Base Attack:  34
Weight:  Medium
Fill:  15
Luck:  18
Speed:  20
Attack:  15
Musou:  19

Stage:  Battle of Shi Ting, 228 AD

Requirements:  Within 6 minutes and 40 seconds, get Zhou Fang to defect.

Location:  At the eastern section of the map, near Lu Xun’s starting point.

My Method:

To get Zhou Fang to defect, you need to surround him and Cao Xiu.  To 
accomplish this, you will need to take over the east, northeast, south, and 
southwest parts of the map.  You start off in the east.  First, defeat Xiahou 
Hui and Zhang Hu.  Now, you will need to wait for Sun Shang Xiang to defeat 
Xiahou Ba.  Don’t worry too much about this, as she tends to finish him off 
quickly.  Just hang out at the eastern area and defeat any soldiers that are 
in the area to raise morale.  Once Xiahou Ba is defeated, immediately head 
north and clean house.  There are three generals in the area that need to be 
defeated, which are Fei Yao, Wen Pin, and Xu Huang.  There is also an attack 
base that needs to be captured.  Once all generals in the area have been 
defeated and the attack base has fallen, the northeast will be secure.  
Immediately go to the southwest.  You will need to assist Sun Shang Xiang in 
capturing her area.  There are three generals in this area as well.  They are 
Cao Ren, Xiahou Shang, and Xu Zhu.  There is also an attack base here that 
needs to fall.  Hopefully, by this time, Sun Shang Xiang should have done 
some damage to the generals in the area.  Once the generals in the area have 
been defeated or retreated and the base has fallen, Zhou Fang will take out 
the bridge behind Cao Xiu and defect.  Sun Quan will order an all out attack.  
This will cause your weapon to appear.  Now, quickly save your neglected 
commander, Sun Quan, grab your weapon, and finish the stage.  Oh, and yes, it 
actually took the game over 3 minutes to recognize the fact that I had taken 
the southwestern attack base.

Time Log:

0’51”61:  Lu Xun’s unit has stopped.
1’07”20:  Zhang Hu defeated.
1’14”98:  Xiahou Hui defeated.
1’29”36:  Xu Huang’s unit arrived.
2’32”03:  Xiahou Ba defeated by Sun Shang Xiang.
2’46”53:  Eliminate all enemies in the enemy base.
2’59”51:  Fei Yao defeated.
3’04”71:  Xu Zhu’s unit arrived.
3’15”21:  Northeastern attack base falls.
3’38”80:  Wen Pin defeated.
3’55”75:  Lu Xun’s unit has secured the position in the northeast.
4’02”15:  Secure the position in the southwest.
4’20”81:  Cao Ren defeated by Sun Shang Xiang.
5’11”40:  Sun Shang Xiang’s unit has secured the position in the southwest.
5’27”31:  Wu Forces have all begun to advance.
5’29”86:  Fourth weapon discovered.
5’48”08:  Xu Zhu defeated.
8’37”75:  Southwestern attack base falls.
13’05”20:  Stage completed.


---------
Taishi Ci
---------

Weapon:  Tiger Slayer
Base Attack:  38
Weight:  Medium
Charge:  15
Horse:  15
Bow:  15
Defense:  18
Life:  18

Stage:  Battle of Ru Xu Kou, 217 AD

Requirements:  Within 6 minutes, defeat Zhang Liao 3 times.

Location:  South of the eastern attack base, directly west of the eastern
   checkpoint.

My Method:

You’re going to have to focus on Zhang Liao the entire time, as he takes some 
time to show up in between defeats.  You start off near an enemy attack base.  
Take the base and then go to Zhang Liao.  He’s easy to defeat this time, so 
defeat him quickly.  Now, every time Zhang Liao will reappear on the stage, 
he will appear in the southeast corner.  You want to stay near this area.  In 
waiting for him to reappear, you can go ahead and defeat Yu Jin.  Zhang Liao 
will appear after a minute from his first retreat.  He will have more defense 
and health the second time around, so it should take longer to defeat him.  
Once Zhang Liao retreats again, head north and take the eastern attack base.  
Do not defeat Xiahou Dun just yet.  I believe that if you do, you will lose 
the weapon for some reason.  If not, head back to the southeast corner and 
defeat Zhang Liao a third time.  He is stronger and electrified this time 
around, but you should have plenty of time to defeat him for the third time.  
If you get the third kill on Zhang Liao within 6 minutes, your weapon will 
appear, probably north of where you were fighting.  Grab your weapon and then 
finish off the stage.

Time Log:

1’01”46:  Zhang Liao defeated.
1’08”46:  Zhang Liao is pulling back.
1’50”95:  Yu Jin defeated.
2’13”58:  Zhang Liao has arrived.
3’27”50:  Zhang Liao defeated.
3’36”85:  Zhang Liao is pulling back.
4’09”28:  Eastern attack base falls.
4’43”46:  Zhang Liao has arrived.
5’28”21:  Fourth weapon discovered.
5’30”76:  Zhang Liao defeated.
5’39”26:  Zhang Liao is running.
14’59”81:  Stage completed.


---------------
Sun Shang Xiang
---------------

Weapon:  Sol Chakram
Base Attack:  32
Weight:  Heavy
Luck:  19
Bow:  15
Speed:  19
Defense:  17
Life:  15

Stage:  Battle of Shi Ting, 228 AD

Requirements:  Within 5 minutes, defeat Xin Pi, Xiahou Ba, and Wang Shuang
   and get 200 KOs.

Location:  In the southern area near where you start, near the path towards
   the center of the map.

My Method:

The first two generals that you have to defeat, which are Xin Pi and Xiahou 
Ba, are the first two generals that you would have to defeat normally.  
However, Wang Shuang is one of Cao Xiu’s sub generals that attack Sun Quan.  
Therefore, you will have to make a quick detour to Sun Quan when Wang Shuang 
starts his attack.  As for the 200 KOs, they are not that hard to achieve.  
You start off in the southern area of the map with Xin Pi and Xiahou Ba.  
Defeat those two and then defeat any enemy soldiers in the southern area 
while waiting for Lu Xun to finish off Xiahou Hui.  Once Lu Xun has defeated 
Xiahou Hui, head towards Sun Quan.  Wang Shuang should be in this area.  
Defeat him and then go back to the southwest.  Now, all you have to do is get 
200 KOs.  You should have at least 2 minutes left to do this, so it shouldn’t 
be too hard.  There should be at least 100 kills in the southwest, as long as 
you don’t seal the checkpoint down there too quickly.  Once you obtain 200 
KOs, if you did it all in under 5 minutes, your weapon will appear.  Grab 
your weapon, get Zhou Fang to defect, and complete the stage.

Time Log:

1’06”95:  50 KOs.
1’09”50:  Xin Pi defeated.
1’12”05:  Xiahou Ba defeated.
2’08”01:  Xiahou Hui defeated by Lu Xun.
2’42”11:  100 KOs.
2’58”90:  Wnag Shuang defeated.
3’01”45:  Jia Kui defeated.
3’44”86:  Xu Zhu defeated.
4’05”73:  150 KOs.
4’31”90:  Fourth weapon discovered.
4’34”45:  200 KOs.
7’53”80:  Stage completed


--------
Sun Jian
--------

Weapon:  Savage Tiger
Base Attack:  34
Weight:  Light
Fill:  18
Horse:  16
Defense:  16
Musou:  15
Life:  15

Stage:  Ou Xing’s Rebellion, 187 AD

Requirements:  Within 3 minutes, defeat Li Damu, Sha Moke, and Zhang Man
   Cheng without losing a village.

Location:  Near the western gate of Chang Sha Castle, close to the checkpoint
   in the area.

My Method:

When the stage starts off, you will need to defeat Zhou Chao quickly, as that 
will allow your troops to begin its pincer attack.  Once Zhou Chao is 
defeated, Huang Gai will go open the gates to the castle, Sun Ce will go 
towards the eastern gate, and your goal will be to secure the western gate 
and the villages.  There will be various ambushes on the villages, so they 
will be your targets.  All three generals are sub generals of Ou Xing.  The 
first general you will run across is Li Damu.  Defeat him quickly and then 
head towards the western side of the map.  There, you will run into Sha Moke.  
Defeat him and then make your way south.  Zhang Man Cheng will be in the 
area.  Defeat him quickly and the villages will have been saved.  Your weapon 
will appear near the western gate if you saved all three villages within 3 
minutes, so that should be your next goal.  Take the western gate, help Sun 
Ce take the eastern gate, and then defeat Ou Xing to complete the stage.

Time Log:

0’59”96:  Zhou Chao defeated.
1’22”00:  Remnants of the Yellow Turbans are attacking a village.
1’41”88:  Defeat the enemy officers near the village and save the villagers.
1’49”71:  Li Damu defeated.
1’55”40:  North village saved.
2’27”55:  Sha Moke defeated.
2’32”73:  East village saved.
2’56”51:  Fourth weapon discovered.
3’04”51:  Zhang Man Cheng defeated.
3’10”03:  South village saved.
8’20”60:  Stage completed.


--------
Sun Quan
--------

Weapon:  Master Wolf
Base Attack:  34
Weight:  Medium
Charge:  17
Fill:  15
Bow:  15
Attack:  16
Musou:  18

Stage:  Battle of Shi Ting, 228 AD

Requirements:  Before Zhou Fang defects, defeat Jia Kui, Wang Shuang, Xin Pi,
   Zhang Hu, Xiahou Shang, Cao Ren, and Wen Pin.

Location:  South of the central supply base.

My Method:

As soon as the stage starts, go north and take the empty supply base.  Now, 
you can wait here for the generals to come to you.  Every one of those 
generals listed are those that charge after Sun Quan when you are playing as 
him.  The first two to attack the supply base are Jia Kui and Wang Shuang.  
They are both sub generals of Cao Xiu.  Once they are defeated, Xin Pi should 
be attacking the supply base from the other side.  Quickly go around the base 
to defeat him.  Now, back on the north side, Zhang Hu should be making to the 
base.  Defeat him quickly, because Cao Ren and his sub general, Xiahou Shang, 
will be making their way back to the south side and Xu Zhu, Xu Huang, and Wen 
Pin will be attacking from the north.  Defeating Wen Pin is a must, but 
defeating Xu Zhu and Xu Huang is optional.  Once Wen Pin is defeated, quickly 
head to the south of the supply base.  Defeat Xiahou Shang first, as he is a 
sub general of Cao Ren and will run away if Cao Ren is defeated first.  Once 
Cao Ren is defeated, your weapon will appear.  Grab your weapon, which should 
be in the area that you are at.  Now, after Zhou Fang defects and Cao Pi 
arrives on the battlefield, defeat Cao Pi to complete the stage.

Time Log:

0’36”95:  Neutral base occupied.
1’06”40:  Wang Shuang defeated.
1’17”78:  Jia Kui defeated.
1’46”13:  Xin Pi defeated.
2’34”85:  Zhang Hu defeated.
3’35”83:  Wen Pin defeated.
4’25”38:  Xu Zhu defeated.
5’08”51:  Xu Huang defeated.
5’13”61:  Xiahou Shang defeated.
5’32”50:  Fourth weapon discovered.
5’43”06:  Cao Ren defeated.
11’15”38:  Stage completed.


-------
Lu Meng
-------

Weapon:  White Tiger
Base Attack:  36
Weight:  Medium
Charge:  15
Horse:  16
Bow:  15
Defense:  17
Life:  17

Stage:  Battle of Ru Xu Kou, 217 AD

Requirements:  Within 3 minutes, capture the southern and eastern attack
   bases and defeat Xiahou Dun.

Location:  Along the eastern path to the central area, north of the western
   attack base and west of the eastern checkpoint.

My Method:

This weapon is really straight forward.  You start off near the southern 
attack base.  Quickly take that base and then make your way along the 
southern path.  Ignore Zhang Liao for now, as he is just a distraction.  
Plus, he keeps coming back stronger anyways, so just leave him be until you 
can focus more time on him.  Just keep following the road until you reach the 
eastern attack base.  You can defeat Xiahou Dun’s sub general if you want, 
but if you don’t think you will have enough time, you can ignore him.  Xiahou 
Dun is pretty easy to defeat, so he shouldn’t give you any problems.  Once he 
is defeated, quickly take the eastern attack base.  If you have done all of 
this within 3 minutes, the weapon will appear.  Grab your weapon and then 
head back and get rid of that pest Zhang Liao.  After that, wait for Cao Cao 
to appear and the defeat him to complete the stage.

Time Log:

0’59”51:  Southern attack base falls.
1’09”91:  Yu Jin defeated.
1’33”48:  Fourth weapon discovered.
1’36”03:  Xiahou Dun defeated.
1’41”13:  Eastern attack base falls.
14’21”63:  Stage completed.


--------
Gan Ning
--------

Weapon:  Sea Master
Base Attack:  38
Weight:  Light
Charge:  15
Luck: 18
Speed: 15
Attack:  19
Musou:  15

Stage:  Battle of Ru Xu Kou, 217 AD

Requirements:  Within 4 minutes, defeat Cao Hong, Cao Zhen, and Cao Xiu and
   succeed in creating disorder in the central area.

Location:  In the central area near Cao Xiu’s initial starting position.

My Method:

You start off in the center area.  The three generals you have to defeat in 
order to cause disorder in the Wei army are Cao Ren’s sub generals.  They are 
also conveniently located in the center area with you.  Your first goal 
should be to take out the supply base that is in the area.  Once that is 
down, the first general you should run into is Cao Hong.  Defeat him and then 
make your way east.  Cao Zhen should be the second general you run into.  
Once he is defeated, continue your destruction of the Cao family tree by 
heading east to Cao Xiu.  Defeat Cao Xiu and that should finish Gan Ning’s 
ambush.  Your weapon will be discovered once the message stating that you 
were successful in creating disorder appears.  Grab your weapon, cause even 
more disorder in Wei’s main camp, and then finish off the Wei army.

Time Log:

0’37”56:  Supply base falls.
1’14”06:  Cao Hong defeated.
1’20”08:  The troops in the central Wei Army are in disorder.
1’47”55:  Cao Zhen defeated.
1’53”30:  The troops in the central Wei Army are in great disorder.
2’21”38:  Cao Xiu defeated.
2’48”90:  Gan Ning was successful in putting the Wei Forces in disorder.
2’54”00:  Fourth weapon discovered.
15’38”33:  Stage completed


---------
Huang Gai
---------

Weapon:  Dark Shadow
Base Attack:  36
Weight:  Medium
Charge:  15
Luck:  16
Defense:  17
Attack:  17
Life:  15

Stage:  Ou Xing’s Rebellion, 187 AD

Requirements:  Within 1 minute, enter Chang Sha Castle.

Location:  Inside Chang Sha Castle at the northwest corner.

My Method:

Your goal is to make it to Chang Sha Castle without getting detected by the 
guards within 1 minute.  If a guard spots you, they will close off the path 
to Chang Sha Castle.  You will need to equip the Red Hare Saddle and a high 
level Huang’s Bow before you start the stage.  This is because the last of 
the three guards will not die to one hit from a normal arrow.  Also, you 
pretty much have to kill everyone with one shot.  One minute is not a lot of 
time.  Luckily, if you have Red Hare, everyone is set up perfectly for you to 
dismount, shoot, and remount.  When the stage starts, run quickly around the 
first bend.  The first guard is just around the second bend.  He should be at 
the northern part of the path, but should be on his way running away from 
you.  He will stop near the gate in this section.  Quickly go to the northern 
part of the path, dismount, and snipe him with an arrow.  Once he is killed, 
quickly mount your horse and slowly walk forward.  There should be another 
guard that will pop up right in front of you.  He should be standing still, 
but not for long.  Snipe him quickly and then remount your horse.  The last 
guard should be near the next bend.  If you were quick enough, he should also 
be standing still and waiting for an arrow.  Snipe him quickly and then mount 
your horse.  Run to the entrance of Chang Sha Castle.  Dismount your horse 
one last time and jump down into the castle.  If you were fast enough, your 
weapon will appear.  Normally, a good rule of thumb is that if a guard isn’t 
standing still and is already on the move, you probably weren’t fast enough.  
They should all still be standing still when you reach them, making them easy 
sniping targets.  Your weapon will appear inside the castle.  Grab it and 
complete the stage.

Time Log:

0’13”65:  Penetrate Chang Sha Castle through the passage.
0’19”50:  Either run from the enemy guard or take them out with your bow.
0’22”05:  Enemy guard troops approaching.
0’24”86:  An enemy guard has been eliminated.
0’32”66:  An enemy guard has been eliminated.
0’39”51:  An enemy guard has been eliminated.
1’02”85:  Open the castle gates from the inside.
1’05”40:  Fourth weapon discovered.
8’56”08:  Stage completed.


------
Sun Ce
------

Weapon:  Overlord
Base Attack:  36
Weight:  Medium
Charge:  15
Speed:  18
Attack:  18
Musou:  15
Life:  15

Stage:  The Two Qiaos, 196 AD

Requirements:  Within 5 minutes of the Beastmasters appearing, defeat Taishi
   Ci.

Location:  Along the northwestern part of the wall in the central area.

My Method:

When the stage starts, go north.  You will quickly run into an area where a 
lot of Beastmasters will appear.  Defeat them all as quickly as possible.  
There are a total of 20 Beastmasters to defeat.  Once they are all defeated, 
Taishi Ci will appear.  You should have about 2 minutes and 30 seconds left 
to defeat him, which is plenty of time.  Taishi Ci is electrified, but he 
should be easy to defeat using Sun Ce’s C5, which goes around most blocks and 
fire juggles.  Once Taishi Ci has been defeated and you have done everything 
quickly enough, your weapon will appear in the center area of the map.  Grab 
your weapon, complete the rest of the trials, and win the hearts of the Two 
Qiaos.

Time Log:

0’13”60:  The North Gate has closed.
0’20”81:  Beastmasters have appeared.
2’09”41:  The Beastmasters have been defeated.
2’17”18:  Taishi Ci has been asked by the Two Qiaos to join the trials.
3’01”50:  Taishi Ci defeated.
3’06”60:  Fourth weapons discovered.
8’02”55:  Stage completed.


-------
Da Qiao
-------

Weapon:  Qiao Beauty
Base Attack:  32
Weight:  Heavy
Luck:  18
Defense:  15
Attack:  16
Musou:  19
Life:  15

Stage:  Husbands and Wives, 200 AD

Requirements:  After Zhou Yu and Xiao Qiao become your enemy, defeat Zhou Yu
   and Xiao Qiao within 2 minutes and 30 seconds.

Location:  Inside the southeastern castle, east of the western gate inside
   the castle.

My Method:

When the stage starts, you are allies with Zhou Yu and Xiao Qiao.  They will 
not turn into your enemies just yet.  You will need to clear the first trial 
before they do.  Make your way towards the southeastern castle, killing as 
many enemies as possible to power up your husband.  Once inside the castle, 
you will face off with phantom Zuo Cis.  Defeat all the Zuo Cis that appear 
to clear the first trial.  Once the first trial has been cleared by both 
couples, you will get a cut scene of Da Qiao and Xiao Qiao fighting.  After 
the cut scene is over, Zhou Yu and Xiao Qiao will turn into enemies.  Defeat 
them quickly, as you have 2 minutes from this point to defeat them both.  
Once they are both defeated, your weapon will appear within the southeastern 
castle.  Navigate the maze within the castle to get to your weapon.  Once you 
have your weapon, finish up the next two trials, defeat the other two couples 
on the stage, and prove that you are the greatest couple of the Three 
Kingdoms Era.

Time Log:

0’24”13:  Enemy troops have appeared.
0’37”43:  Sun Ce and Zhou Yu have begun battle.
1’03”98:  Enemy troops have appeared.
1’44”96:  A Zuo Ci phantom has appeared and is hunting Da Qiao.
1’47”51:  Da Qiao and Sun Ce have begun their first trial.
2’01”00:  Da Qiao, Sun Ce, Xiao Qiao, and Zhou Yu have all begun the trials.
2’03”55:  More of Zuo Ci’s phantoms have appeared.
2’08”65:  Zuo Ci defeated.
2’26”25:  Zuo Ci defeated.
2’58”41:  Zuo Ci defeated.
3’08”76:  First trial cleared.
3’31”06:  A fight as started with Xiao Qiao and Zhou Yu.
3’33”61:  Defeat Xiao Qiao and Zhou Yu.
3’48”51:  Zhou Yu defeated.
4’36”46:  Xiao Qiao and Zhou Yu fall back.
4’39”01:  Fourth weapon discovered.
4’41”56:  Xiao Qiao defeated.
12’45”68:  Stage completed.


---------
Xiao Qiao
---------

Weapon:  Qiao Grace
Base Attack:  32
Weight:  Heavy
Charge:  17
Fill:  15
Speed:  19
Defense:  15
Musou:  15

Stage:  Husbands and Wives, 200 AD

Requirements:  After Sun Ce and Da Qiao become your enemy, defeat Sun Ce and
   Da Qiao within 2 minutes and 30 seconds.

Location:  Inside the southeastern castle, near the northwest corner of the 
castle.

My Method:

When the stage starts, you are allies with Da Qiao and Sun Ce and they will 
follow you around.  Head towards the southeastern castle with them, defeating 
any enemies in the process.  Try to defeat as many enemies as possible to 
power up Zhou Yu.  When you get inside the first castle, the trial will 
begin.  Defeat all the Zuo Ci’s that appear.  This will allow you to pass the 
first trial.  Once the first trial is completed, you will get a cut scene of 
Xiao Qiao and Da Qiao fighting.  They look just so gosh darn cute when they 
are mad, don’t they?  Either way, after the cut scene, Da Qiao and Sun Ce 
will attack you.  Defeat them both to make your weapon appear.  After this, 
defeat the other two couples, pass the other two trials, and obtain the seal 
for your husband.

Time Log:

0’28”78:  By Zuo Ci’s magic, enemy troops have appeared.
0’42”03:  Sun Ce and Zhou Yu have begun battle.
1’04”00:  By Zuo Ci’s magic, enemy troops have appeared.
1’25”26:  50 KOs.
1’36”86:  Zhou Yu has grown stronger.
2’30”85:  A Zuo Ci phantom has appeared and is hunting Xiao Qiao.
2’33”40:  Xiao Qiao and Zhou Yu have begun their first trial.
2’51”68:  Da Qiao, Sun Ce, Xiao Qiao, and Zhou Yu have all begun the trials.
2’54”23:  More of Zuo Ci’s phantoms have appeared.
2’59”33:  Zuo Ci defeated.
3’26”88:  Zuo Ci defeated.
3’30”80:  Zuo Ci defeated.
3’43”70:  First trial cleared.
4’01”93:  A fight has started with Da Qiao and Sun Ce.
4’04”48:  Defeat Da Qiao and Sun Ce.
4’09”58:  100 KOs.
4’19”88:  Zhou Yu has grown stronger.
4’30”30:  Sun Ce defeated.
4’53”86:  Da Qiao defeated.
5’00”61:  Da Qiao and Sun Ce fall back.
5’03”16:  Fourth weapon discovered.
14’40”48:  Stage completed.


--------
Zhou Tai
--------

Weapon:  Dusk
Base Attack:  36
Weight:  Medium
Fill:  16
Speed:  15
Attack:  17
Musou:  18
Life:  15

Stage:  Battle of Ru Xu Kou, 217 AD

Requirements:  Within 5 minutes, capture the western attack base, defeat Xu
   Huang, and get 250 KOs.

Location:  South of the supply base that is east of the Wei main camp.

My Method:

As soon as the stage starts, head north towards the western attack base.  
Quickly take it and defeat any enemies in the area.  Once that is done with, 
continue to head north to Xu Huang and his sub general, Li Dian.  Defeat them 
both along with any enemies that are in the area.  Then, make your way 
towards the center.  Your goal is to now clear the central area of all of 
your allies so that the soldiers pouring out of the gates in this area focus 
on you instead of your allies.  You do this by defeating any of Cao Ren’s sub 
generals that are still in the area.  Once this is done, Gan Ning will leave 
the center.  Now, just stick by the northern gate in the central area and 
kill all enemy soldiers coming out of the gate.  Xiahou Dun should arrive in 
the area also, but he will bring more soldiers with him, which is a good 
thing.  Defeat him and his soldiers and then focus on getting 250 KOs.  When 
you have done so, your weapon will appear.  Grab your weapon and then 
complete the stage. 

Time Log:

0’12”13:  Wu Forces have captured the western attack base.
0’23”85:  Western attack base falls.
0’34”05:  Cao Hong defeated by Gan Ning.
0’53”01:  Li Dian defeated.
1’03”65:  50 KOs.
1’34”68:  Xu Huang defeated.
2’29”06:  Cao Zhen defeated.
2’40”40:  100 KOs.
3’09”90:  Cao Xiu defeated.
3’35”60:  The other Wei armies are moving toward the central Wei Army.
4’01”10:  A Wu Ship has arrived.
4’11”25:  150 KOs.
4’24”40:  Xiahou Dun defeated.
4’35”88:  200 KOs.
4’50”53:  Fourth weapon discovered.
4’53”08:  250 KOs.
11’57”95:  Stage completed.


---------
Ling Tong
---------

Weapon:  Dragon Fury
Base Attack:  36
Weight:  Medium
Charge:  16
Luck:  16
Speed:  19
Attack:  17
Life:  15

Stage:  Battle of Ru Xu Kou, 217 AD

Requirements:  After receiving the order to clear the central area, defeat Xu
   Huang and Xiahou Dun and capture the central area within 2 minutes.

Location:  At the central area of the map, south of the attack base that is
   in the northern part of the area.

My Method:

To get the order to clear out the central area, both Xu Huang and Xiahou Dun 
must be in the center.  This means you should not defeat them before the 
order has been given.  In order to pass some time, just beat up on Zhang 
Liao.  First, take out the western attack base.  Once you have done that, 
head towards Zhang Liao.  Take the southern attack base and then defeat Zhang 
Liao.  Wait for Zhang Liao to appear a second time and fight him again.  
Either during or after the fight, depending on how fast you are at killing 
generals, Gan Ning will have cleared out most of the central area, which will 
cause the soldiers there to call out for reinforcements.  Both Xiahou Dun and 
Xu Huang will answer the call for reinforcements.  At this time you should 
make your way towards the center, as this will cause Lu Meng to order an 
attack on the central area.  When the message appears across the screen for 
you to take the central area, defeat both Xiahou Dun and Xu Huang.  Xiahou 
Dun should be the closest, so defeat him first and then move on to Xu Huang.  
Make sure to defeat the both of them after the message appears, as defeating 
them too quickly might make the weapon not appear.  The weapon will appear if 
you defeated the two target generals fast enough and after Lu Meng says the 
center has been captured and orders the next attack.  Once your weapon 
appears, grab it and then continue the stage, defeating Zhang Liao one last 
time, as he will run through your main camp if unchecked.  When Cao Cao 
appears, defeat him to complete the stage.

Time Log:

0’26”71:  Western attack base falls.
1’00”68:  Southern attack base falls.
1’17”63:  Zhang Liao defeated.
1’27”13:  Zhang Liao is pulling back.
2’32”31:  Zhang Liao has arrived.
3’41”33:  Gan Ning was successful in putting the Wei Forces in disorder.
3’55”91:  The other Wei armies are moving toward the central Wei Army.
3’58”46:  Zhang Liao defeated.
4’04”70:  Zhang Liao is pulling back.
4’18”53:  Xiahou Dun’s unit has halted its advance.
4’34”96:  Yu Jin defeated.
4’37”51:  Capture the area where the central Wei Army is positioned.
4’58”38:  Xiahou Dun defeated.
5’12”65:  Zhang Liao has arrived.
5’40”31:  Li Dian defeated.
5’51”03:  Xu Huang defeated.
6’02”46:  Fourth weapon discovered.
6’05”01:  Central Wei Army’s position captured.



                #######
---------------------#-------------------------------------------------------
  DW5:XL            #
  FAQ/Walkthrough  #  10d. Other Fourth Weapons
  5XLFWOTH        #
-----------------#-----------------------------------------------------------
                #######


---------
Diao Chan
---------

Weapon:  Diva
Base Attack:  32
Weight:  Heavy
Fill:  18
Luck:  18
Speed:  19
Defense:  16
Musou:  18

Stage:  Battle of Yan Province, 194 AD

Requirements:  Within 1 minute of their arrivals, defeat Cao Hong and Xiahou
   Yuan.

Location:  North of the North Gate of Pu Yang Castle.

My Method:

Cao Hong will arrive after Lu Bu crosses the bridge in between the two middle 
attack bases.  Xiahou Yuan will arrive with Cao Cao, which happens 10 minutes 
into the battle.  When the stage starts off, capture the attack base just 
south of you.  This will help Lu Bu move south faster.  Just capture one 
attack base, as you don’t want Lu Bu arriving at Pu Yang Castle too quickly.  
Just hang out at the northern part of the map, waiting for Cao Hong to 
arrive.  When Cao Hong arrives, ignore his two sub generals and just take him 
out.  One minute is not very long to kill a general, especially with Diao 
Chan.  Just focus on Cao Hong and if you want, you can defeat his sub 
generals after he is defeated.  Once Cao Hong is defeated, just wait for Cao 
Cao and Xiahou Yuan to arrive.  Xiahou Yuan will arrive in between the 
eastern and central attack bases, so you should wait there for the enemy 
reinforcements to arrive.  You do not want to do much else on this stage, as 
the stage ends when Pu Yang Castle is taken.  Your allies can take the castle 
and will do so if you allow them access to the castle too quickly.  So you 
will just want to wait for the enemy reinforcements to arrive and kill off 
enemy generals slowly instead of quickly running through them.  Once Xiahou 
Yuan arrives, kill him quickly.  Your fourth weapon will then appear.  Now, 
defeat the rest of Cao Cao’s generals and capture the castle.

Time Log:

0’18”66:  Attack base falls.
4’11”26:  Enemy ambush troops have appeared behind Lu Bu’s Forces.
4’56”35:  Cao Hong defeated.
5’06”51:  Cao Xiu defeated.
5’34”91:  Xiahou En defeated.
6’35”86:  Zhu Ling defeated.
6’48”83:  The North Gate has been surrounded.
8’47”86:  Yue Jin defeated.
9’40”13:  The East Gate has been surrounded.
10’04”61:  Cao Cao’s main unit has arrived.
10’31”86:  Fourth weapon discovered.
10’52”18:  Xiahou Yuan defeated.
16’49”70:  Stage completed.


-----
Lu Bu
-----

Weapon:  Sky Scorcher
Base Attack:  40
Weight:  Medium
Horse:  20
Defense:  20
Attack:  20
Musou:  19
Life:  19

Stage:  Battle of Yan Province, 194 AD

Requirements:  Within 15 minutes, defeat all main generals except Cao Cao.

Location:  North of the northern attack base, close to where Cao Cao arrives.

My Method:

The main problem on this stage is allowing Cao Cao with his reinforcements to 
show up.  That is because your allies can take Pu Yang Castle before they can 
arrive.  However, you need to personally defeat all the generals, so you 
cannot wait around for Cao Cao to arrive.  In order to keep Xun Yu alive for 
ten minutes, you will need to baby sit him.  When the stage starts, head 
south and take both attack bases and defeat Zhu Ling.  Cao Hong will arrive 
behind you, so head back north and defeat him and his two sub generals, 
Xiahou En and Cao Xiu.  Now, you want to head back south and start taking 
gates.  Defeat Man Chong first, as he is normally the first one that your 
allies defeat.  After that, defeat Yue Jin, who is near the East Gate.  
Afterwards, I normally defeat Li Dian’s sub general, Yu Jin, to waste a 
little time before I defeat Li Dian.  Either way, once all three gates have 
been surrounded, Pu Yang Castle will open.  Now, what you will want to do is 
stick near Xun Yu while not standing close to him.  This will allow you to 
watch over him to keep him from dying too quickly, but it also keeps him away 
from you while you wait for Cao Cao to arrive.  When Cao Cao arrives, the 
conditions for victory change, so you can now kill off Xun Yu.  After you get 
Pu Yang Castle, defeat the three main generals Cao Cao bring.  They are 
Xiahou Yuan, Cao Ren, and Xiahou Dun.  Once they are all defeated, your 
weapon will appear.  After this, head north and defeat Cao Cao to complete 
the stage.

Time Log:

0’52”03:  Zhu Ling defeated.
1’57”16:  Xiahou En defeated.
2’07”36:  Cao Xiu defeated.
2’19”80:  Cao Hong defeated.
3’41”61:  The North Gate has been surrounded.
3’55”45:  Yue Jin defeated.
4’59”96:  Yu Jin defeated.
5’23”71:  The East Gate has been surrounded.
6’00”73:  Li Dian defeated.
6’39”28:  The West Gate has been surrounded.
6’49”01:  All of Pu Yang Castle’s Gates have opened.
10’04”61:  Cao Cao’s main unit has arrived.
10’09”71:  Capture Pu Yang Castle and defeat Cao Cao.
10’40”13:  Pu Yang Castle has been captured.
10’48”78:  Xun Yu defeated.
11’31”48:  Xiahou Yuan defeated.
11’45”65:  Cao Ren defeated.
12’25”58:  Fourth weapon discovered.
12’28”13:  Xiahou Dun defeated.
14’45”33:  Stage completed.


---------
Dong Zhuo
---------

Weapon:  Horror
Base Attack:  36
Weight:  Medium
Luck:  17
Horse:  17
Defense:  15
Attack:  18
Life:  15

Stage:  The Ten Eunuchs’ Rebellion, 189 AD

Requirements:  Before Zhang Rang arrives, defeat 6 eunuchs.

Location:  Northwest corner of the map.

My Method:

When the stage starts, go north.  Your first target should be Cheng Kuang.  
Defeat him quickly and move on to the next victim, who should be Xia Yun.  
Defeat him and make your way towards He Jin.  The other Eunuchs should be in 
this area, so defeat as many of them as possible.  You don’t have to save He 
Jin.  It’s best to not focus on Cao Jie, Duan Gui, and Hou Lan, as they come 
back later in the stage and do not count towards your Eunuch kill count at 
this moment.  Just focus on Zhao Zhong, Feng Xu, and Guo Sheng.  Try to 
defeat at least one of those, if not all three.  If you do manage to save He 
Jin, there will be a valuable item report.  This is not your weapon.  This is 
the Bodyguard Manual.  Once either He Jin is defeated or the three fake 
Eunuchs are defeated, carriages will appear at the east, north, and west 
gates.  Also, if He Jin was defeated, the Emperor’s carriage will appear at 
the south gate.  Now, you must destroy the Eunuch’s carriages and then defeat 
the fake Eunuchs, who are Cao Jie, Duan Gui, and Hou Lan.  If the Emperor’s 
carriage arrived on the stage, then you must save the carriage from bandits, 
so keep an eye out for that.  Once you have defeated enough Eunuchs, your 
weapon will appear.  Grab your weapon, finish off the rest of the Eunuchs, 
and defeat Zhang Rang at the end to complete the stage.

Time Log:

0’32”95:  Cheng Kuang defeated.
0’38”05:  Xia Yun defeated.
0’45”70:  The fake Ten Eunuchs are attacking He Jin.
0’48”25:  Zhao Zhong defeated.
0’53”35:  Feng Xu defeated.
1’01”00:  Cao Jie defeated.
1’03”55:  Hou Lan defeated.
1’08”65:  Duan Gui defeated.
1’16”30:  Guo Sheng defeated.
2’17”76:  Hou Lan defeated.
3’06”70:  Duan Gui defeated.
3’11”81:  Fourth weapon discovered.
4’41”70:  Stage completed.


---------
Yuan Shao
---------

Weapon:  Sword of Kings
Base Attack:  34
Weight:  Medium
Fill:  15
Horse:  15
Bow:  15
Defense:  18
Musou:  17

Stage:  The Ten Eunuchs’ Rebellion, 189 AD

Requirements:  Before Zhang Rang arrives, defeat 6 eunuchs.

Location:  In between the southern gate and the southwest corner of the map.

My Method:

When the stage starts, go west.  Your first target should be Jian Shou.  
Defeat him quickly and move on to the next victim, who should be Guo Sheng.  
Defeat him and make your way towards He Jin.  The other Eunuchs should be in 
this area, so defeat as many of them as possible.  You don’t have to save He 
Jin.  It’s best to not focus on Cao Jie, Duan Gui, and Hou Lan, as they come 
back later in the stage and do not count towards your Eunuch kill count at 
this moment.  Just focus on Zhao Zhong, Feng Xu, and Xia Yun.  Try to defeat 
at least one of those, if not all three.  If you do manage to save He Jin, 
there will be a valuable item report.  This is not your weapon.  This is the 
Bodyguard Manual.  Once either He Jin is defeated or the three fake Eunuchs 
are defeated, carriages will appear at the east, north, and west gates.  
Also, if He Jin was defeated, the Emperor’s carriage will appear at the south 
gate.  Now, you must destroy the Eunuch’s carriages and then defeat the fake 
Eunuchs, who are Cao Jie, Duan Gui, and Hou Lan.  If the Emperor’s carriage 
arrived on the stage, then you must save the carriage from bandits, so keep 
an eye out for that.  Once you have defeated enough Eunuchs, your weapon will 
appear.  Grab your weapon, finish off the rest of the Eunuchs, and defeat 
Zhang Rang at the end to complete the stage.

Time Log:

0’33”00:  Jian Shou defeated.
0’38”10:  Guo Sheng defeated.
0’42”55:  The fake Ten Eunuchs are attacking He Jin.
0’53”78:  Feng Xu defeated.
1’01”43:  Hou Lan defeated.
1’03”98:  Duan Gui defeated.
1’06”53:  Xia Yun defeated.
1’11”63:  Cao Jie defeated.
1’19”28:  Zhao Zhong defeated.
2’21”86:  Hou Lan defeated.
2’29”51:  Fourth weapon discovered.
5’30”20:  Stage completed.


----------
Zhang Jiao
----------

Weapon:  Volcano Staff
Base Attack:  32
Weight:  Light
Charge:  16
Fill:  9
Luck:  15
Attack:  15
Musou:  17

Stage:  Struggle for the Book, 183 AD

Requirements:  Within 5 minutes, defeat the phantoms of Cao Cao, Sun Jian,
   and Liu Bei.

Location:  Along the western wall of the inner most part of the castle.

My Method:

When the stage starts, defeat all the enemy soldiers in the southern part of 
the map.  There are 40 of them.  Once they are all defeated, make your way 
north.  You do not have to defeat the soldiers in this section.  Just make 
your way to the gate.  When the phantom Master Lao appears, defeat him as 
quickly as possible.  This will open up the gate.  When you are inside the 
castle, Master Lao will summon phantoms of Sun Jian, Cao Cao, and Liu Bei.  
The fastest order, I’ve found, is to defeat Sun Jian first, then Cao Cao, and 
then finally Liu Bei.  Also, you may want to take out the elephant soldiers 
before you start to fight these three, as each one has an elephant near them 
than can cause problems and provide more of a delay.  Also, make sure you 
keep an eye on your health, as you fight two of them in the poison swamps.  
There is a full recover in a pot near Cao Cao, so use it to your advantage.  
Once the three phantoms are defeated, your weapon will appear at the inner 
part of the castle.  Make your way to the inner part of the castle, grab your 
weapon, and pass Master Lao’s final trial to complete the stage.

Time Log:

0’45”03:  Zhang Jiao has defeated the enemy troops in the south.
1’21”56:  A phantom of Master Lao has appeared.
1’54”78:  The outer South Gate has opened.
2’02”80:  Zhang Jiao has entered the castle.
2’21”55:  Phantoms of Liu Bei, Cao Cao, and Sun Jian have appeared.
3’00”75:  Sun Jian defeated.
3’55”10:  Cao Cao defeated.
4’19”51:  Liu Bei defeated.
4’22”06:  Fourth weapon discovered.
9’00”53:  Stage completed.


--------
Meng Huo
--------

Weapon:  King of Beasts
Base Attack:  36
Weight:  Light
Charge:  15
Fill:  15
Horse:  15
Attack:  18
Life:  19

Stage:  Showdown at Nan Zhong, 235 AD

Requirements:  Within 12 minutes, defeat Cao Ren, Xu Zhu, Xu Huang, Sun Li,
   Xiahou Ba, Xiahou Wei, Wen Pin, and Cao Zhen.

Location:  Along the path towards the northeastern area, right before the
   hill leading towards the Wei Main Camp.

My Method:

When the stage starts, make your way towards the central area.  There, Sun Li 
and Xu Zhu will be there.  Defeat them both and then capture the attack base.  
Once the central area is captured, make your way north towards Jia Kui and 
Xiahou Ba.  Jia Kui will bring Destroyers with him, but don’t worry about 
them for now.  Defeat Jia Kui and Xiahou Ba.  Your Juggernauts should appear 
by now, but they will also get ambushed.  Defeat Man Chong, who is leading 
the ambush unit, and save your Juggernauts.  Defeat any leftover Destroyers 
and then make your way to Xu Huang.  This will cause battering rams to 
destroy the central wall and cause Cao Zhen to appear on the stage.  Defeat 
Cao Zhen and Xu Huang and then make your way towards the south.  Xiahou Wei 
and Wen Pin should be trying to attack your main camp by now, so head down 
there and defeat them.  You will also want to clear out anyone that may be 
around your main camp.  By this time, Cao Ren should have arrives.  He 
appears on the map after 10 minutes have passed, so head towards him and 
defeat him.  If you were quick enough, your weapon will appear.  Now, grab 
your weapon and defeat Sima Yi to end the stage.

Time Log:

0’45”65:  Xin Pi defeated.
1’56”95:  Wei reinforcements have arrived.
2’12”10:  Jia Kui’s unit has appeared along with Wei Destroyers.
2’14”65:  Xu Zhu defeated.
3’00”08:  Sun Li defeated.
3’05”18:  Successfully captured the central area.
4’02”00:  Jia Kui defeated.
4’07”10:  Central attack base falls
4’15”26:  Xiahou Hui defeated.
4’31”13:  Xiahou Ba defeated.
5’16”20:  Man Chong defeated.
6’25”61:  Xiahou Shang defeated.
6’28”16:  Xu Huang defeated.
7’02”96:  Cao Zhen’s unit has appeared.
8’14”41:  Cao Zhang defeated.
8’19”51:  Cao Hong defeated.
8’42”61:  Cao Zhen defeated.
9’33”06:  Wen Pin defeated.
9’51”21:  Xiahou Wei defeated.
10’04”71:  Cao Ren’s unit has arrived.
11’36”55:  Fourth weapon discovered.
11’39”10:  Cao Ren defeated.
13’35”35:  Stage completed.


--------
Zhu Rong
--------

Weapon:  Inferno
Base Attack:  34
Weight:  Medium
Charge:  16
Fill:  17
Bow:  15
Defense:  15
Musou:  18

Stage:  Showdown at Nan Zhong, 235 AD

Requirements:  After capturing the central area, defeat Xiahou Ba, Xiahou
   Wei, Wen Pin, and Jia Kui within 5 minutes.

Location:  North of the central attack base.

My Method:

As soon as the stage starts, head towards the central area.  Clear the area 
out of all the enemy generals and then take the central attack base.  From 
this point, you have five minutes to kill off the target generals.  You 
should head north next to where Xiahou Ban ad Jia Kui are at.  There will be 
Wei Destroyers in the area.  You don’t have to defeat the weapons, but you 
can if you want.  They can get annoying as you are focusing on defeating the 
two generals in this area.  Once they are defeated, head south by the way of 
the central area.  You do not want to get close to Xu Huang, as he will 
destroy the big wall and allow his troops to charge the center.  You do not 
want this, as this is just another headache to deal with.  Head south to 
where the other Wei generals are at.  Defeat Xiahou Wei and Wen Pin, who are 
in this area, and your weapon will appear, if you have done all of this 
within the time frame.  Now, grab your weapon, allow King Mulu to destroy the 
central wall, and then defeat Xu Huang and Sima Yi to complete the stage.

Time Log:

0’45”56:  Xin Pi defeated.
1’22”11:  Jia Kui’s unit has appeared along with Wei Destroyers.
1’39”33:  Sun Li defeated.
2’05”41:  Xu Zhu defeated.
2’19”68:  Successfully captured the central area.
3’36”73:  Central attack base falls.
3’49”78:  Jia Kui defeated.
4’13”15:  Xiahou Hui defeated.
4’15”70:  Xiahou Ba defeated.
4’36”20:  The Nanman beast units have been rescued.
5’03”28:  Man Chong defeated.
6’04”83:  Xiahou He defeated.
6’39”08:  Fourth weapon discovered.
6’41”63:  Wen Pin defeated.
6’46”73:  Xiahou Wei defeated.
11’00”83:  Stage completed.


------
Zuo Ci
------

Weapon:  Trump Deck
Base Attack:  40
Weight:  Medium
Charge:  15
Fill:  20
Bow:  15
Defense:  15
Musou:  20

Stage:  Struggle for the Book, 183 AD

Requirements:  Within 5 minutes, get 300 KOs.

Location:  Along the eastern wall of the inner most part of the castle.

My Method:

Before you start the stage, you will want to equip the Art of War item.  
There are a lot of stat boosting items that are dropped on this map, 
especially the Attack x 2 axes.  The problem with this map is that there 
aren’t as many easy to kill soldiers grouped together.  There are a lot of 
Mystic Warriors, Stone Warriors, and elephant soldiers on the map that will 
prevent you from killing enemies quickly.  The Art of War will allow you to 
kill these soldiers faster than normal.  This will help immensely when 
killing soldiers.  When the stage starts, defeat all enemies in the 
southeastern area of the map.  Make your way north and clear out this area as 
well.  Instead of going north, you will want to go west towards the central 
area.  This will avoid the wind tunnel area, which causes you to lose time.  
Also, it allows you to get more easy kills on easy enemies.  In the central 
area, there are Mystic Warriors here.  You don’t have to avoid them, but 
don’t focus on killing them, as they have a lot more defense and a lot more 
health then the regular soldiers.  Make your way towards the castle gate and 
defeat the phantom Master Lao that has been summoned.  Once the southern 
castle gate has opened, run inside the castle.  Make your way towards the 
eastern part of the castle, killing any easy troops you can from your horse.  
Easy to kill troops would include archers, bombers, bandits, and regular 
soldiers.  Don’t waste any time on Stone Warriors, as they take too long to 
defeat.  Here, a phantom Sun Jian will be waiting for you.  Defeat him 
quickly, along with any easy to kill troops in the area, and then make your 
way towards the phantom Cao Cao next (I defeated Cao Cao first, but it would 
probably be faster to defeat Sun Jian first).  After Cao Cao is defeated and 
the area is cleared of any easy to kill troops, make your way towards the 
eastern gate.  Phantom Liu Bei will be here waiting for you to kill him.  
Once he is defeated, the inner part of the castle will open.  By this time, 
you should have over 250 kills.  If you don’t, then you probably won’t get 
very many kills at the inner area of the castle, considering the fact that 
you will be trailed by as many as four phantom generals.  Try to search 
around for easy kills.  You may want to head outside of the castle if your 
kill count is still really low.  Either way, you should be able to get 300 
kills by the time you reach the next gate.  When you have 300 KOs and you 
have done so within 5 minutes, your weapon will appear.  Defeat all the 
phantom generals summoned by Master Lao, grab your weapon, and then proceed 
to defeat the phantom Lu Bu to complete the stage.

Time Log:

0’21”41:  Zuo Ci has defeated the enemy troops in the southeast.
0’37”18:  50 KOs.
0’50”43:  Zuo Ci has defeated the enemy troops in the east.
0’56”30:  The Gate to the Eastern Passage has opened.
1’16”86:  100 KOs.
1’32”18:  Master Lao’s magic has created phantoms to attack Zuo Ci.
1’48”25:  A phantom of Master Lao has appeared.
1’55”90:  The outer South Gate has opened.
2’25”46:  Phantoms of Liu Bei, Cao Cao, and Sun Jian have appeared.
3’01”23:  Cao Cao defeated.
3’07”55:  Sun Jian defeated.
3’10”10:  200 KOs.
3’52”31:  250 KOs.
3’59”96:  Liu Bei defeated.
4’06”60:  The Inner East and West Gates have opened.
4’18”40:  Master Lao’s magic has created a phantom Pang Tong and Zhang Jiao.
4’23”50:  300 KOs.
4’28”71:  Fourth weapon discovered.
7’35”33:  Stage completed.


---------------
Edit Characters
---------------

Weapon:  Fu Xi’s Sword
Base Attack:  38
Weight:  Medium
Charge:  16
Fill:  16
Defense:  16
Attack:  16
Life:  17

Weapon:  Nu Wa’s Rapier
Base Attack:  34
Weight:  Medium
Charge:  15
Fill:  19
Bow:  16
Speed:  15
Attack:  19

Stage:  Any

Requirements:  Get 1000 KOs

Location:  You automatically receive it when you have reached 1000 KOs.

My Method:

The best stage to get 1000 KOs on, in my opinion, is the Battle of Mai 
Castle, 219 AD.  This stage has a lot of enemies on there, so you should be 
able to get 1000 KOs here without problems.  The fact that there is a new 
item that requires you to get 1000 KOs on this stage in order to get the item 
should indicate that getting 1000 KOs here isn’t a rare feat.  Just follow 
the stage as normal, defeating as many enemies as you move through the level.  
You should leave the southwest checkpoint and unoccupied.  Once there is only 
Lu Meng or Cao Ren on the stage that is left, head to that checkpoint and 
kill enemies that come from there.  You should be able to lure the Guard 
Captain out a good ways.  Hopefully, when he leaves the checkpoint, he will 
get distracted by your allies and not go anywhere near the checkpoint, which 
will allow you to stand there and defeat anyone who dares come through that 
gate.  Once you have 1000 KOs, you will automatically receive the weapon.  
After that, defeat whichever general is still left to complete the stage.


                #######
---------------------#-------------------------------------------------------
  DW5:XL            #
  FAQ/Walkthrough  #  11. FAQs
  5XLFREQU        #
-----------------#-----------------------------------------------------------
                #######


I will post all questions I get a lot of in this section.  There is only one 
FAQ right now, but I’m sure there will be plenty more in the future.


Q.  I own a cheat website named www.randomcheatsiteonlyvisitedbytwopeople.com
   and I was wondering can I put your guide on my site?

A.  Okay, this FAQ is going up right now.  The answer will be no 99 times out
   of 100.  GameFAQs right now is the only place that this guide will be
   allowed.  No, I don’t care how many visitors your site gets.  No, I don’t
   want your super duper ultra mega membership package.  I only have the time
   to keep up with one website, not 200.  While I do want to help as many
   people as possible, I’ve been to other FAQ websites.  None of them can
   come even close to the presentation and the professionalism that GameFAQs
   has.  None.  And no, I don’t care to visit your website either.  If you
   send me an e-mail asking if I would like to put my guide on your website,
   I will most likely respond with 3 characters:  No.

   Sorry to sound harsh, but that’s the fact.  If I wanted to put my guide on
   your website, I would have asked you to post it.  Makes sense, doesn’t it?


Q.  How do I get my created character’s fourth weapon?

A.  No matter which weapon you are using, you get your created character’s
   fourth weapon by getting 1000 KOs on any stage.  Even if you are using
   another playable character’s move set, you can only get the fourth weapon
   of a created character by getting 1000 KOs on a stage.


Q.  Do I have to be on Hard difficulty to get a fourth weapon?

A.  Yes.


                #######
---------------------#-------------------------------------------------------
  DW5:XL            #
  FAQ/Walkthrough  #  12. Special Thanks
  5XLTHANK        #
-----------------#-----------------------------------------------------------
                #######


A special thanks goes out to all these people:


KOEI:  For making the franchise.  Even though DW5:XL isn’t exactly the best
   game in the series, the franchise is still one of my favorites.

Muni Shinobu:  For his Geocities guide that I always go to first for
   information

Cheng:  For his informative Topic FAQ

the_next_Sun:  For fixes on methods for the Red Hare Saddle and the Ice Orb


And finally, I would like to say a special thank you to all the readers of 
this guide out there.  I hope this guide provided you with much help in this 
game.


                #######
---------------------#-------------------------------------------------------
  DW5:XL            #
  FAQ/Walkthrough  #  13. Contact Information and Legal Stuffies
  5XLLEGAL        #
-----------------#-----------------------------------------------------------
                #######

If you find any mistakes or see any information that may be wrong or missing 
or have any good information, contact me at rampidzier@yahoo.com.  I retain 
all rights to post anything in your e-mail on my FAQ and will give you credit 
if I do.  I will only give credit to the first person who sends me something.

Hate mail will not be responded to (unless I want to make fun of you) and if 
you hate my FAQ, don’t read it.  There are plenty of other FAQs to use and 
plenty of better ways to use up your time and mine.  I will try to respond to 
all e-mails I get, but if I don’t, don’t think I’m ignoring you.  My job 
keeps my free time to a bare minimum and that time is used on making FAQs or 
my side project that is about to come to fruition.

This FAQ may only be used on GameFAQs (www.gamefaqs.com).  If you see any 
other site using my FAQ, please let me know so I can power trip on them.

Copyright 2006 by Robert Dohner.  This document may not be redistributed in 
any form unless you have obtained permission from the creator (namely, me).